WO2009100170A1 - Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics - Google Patents

Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009100170A1
WO2009100170A1 PCT/US2009/033133 US2009033133W WO2009100170A1 WO 2009100170 A1 WO2009100170 A1 WO 2009100170A1 US 2009033133 W US2009033133 W US 2009033133W WO 2009100170 A1 WO2009100170 A1 WO 2009100170A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
optionally substituted
pyrazolo
diethyl
tetrahydro
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/033133
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
James Francis Callahan
Zehong Wan
Hongxing Yan
Original Assignee
Glaxo Group Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Glaxo Group Limited filed Critical Glaxo Group Limited
Priority to EP09709405A priority Critical patent/EP2249830A4/en
Publication of WO2009100170A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009100170A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel compounds of Formula (I), or salts thereof, processes for their preparation, intermediates usable in these processes, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds or salts.
  • the invention also relates to the use of these compounds or salts thereof in therapy, for example as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase type IV (PDE4) and as antagonists of muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs), and useful in the treatment of, and/or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases, including anti-inflammatory and allergic diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, rhinitis (e.g. allergic rhinitis), atopic dermatitis or psoriasis.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • rhinitis e.g. allergic rhinitis
  • atopic dermatitis or psoriasis e.g. allergic rhinitis
  • Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors belong to the superfamily of G-protein coupled receptors having seven transmembrane domains. There are five subtypes of mAChRs, termed M1-M5, and each is the product of a distinct gene. Each of these five subtypes displays unique pharmacological properties.
  • Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors are widely distributed in vertebrate organs, and these receptors can mediate both inhibitory and excitatory actions. For example, in smooth muscle found in the airways, M3 mAChRs mediate contractile responses. For a review, see Caulfield (1993 Pharmac. Ther. 58:319-79).
  • mAChRs have been localized to smooth muscle in the trachea and bronchi, the submucosal glands, and the parasympathetic ganglia. Muscarinic receptor density is greatest in parasympathetic ganglia and then decreases in density from the submucosal glands to tracheal and then bronchial smooth muscle. Muscarinic receptors are nearly absent from the alveoli.
  • M3 mAChRs located on airway smooth muscle, mediate muscle contraction. Stimulation of M3 mAChRs activates the enzyme phospho lipase C via binding of the stimulatory G protein Gq/11 (Gs), leading to liberation of phosphatidyl inositol-4,5-bisphosphate, resulting in phosphorylation of contractile proteins. M3 mAChRs are also found on pulmonary submucosal glands. Stimulation of this population of M3 mAChRs results in mucus secretion.
  • M2 mAChRs make up approximately 50-80% of the cholinergic receptor population on airway smooth muscles. Although the precise function is still unknown, they inhibit catecholaminergic relaxation of airway smooth muscle via inhibition of cAMP generation.
  • Neuronal M2 mAChRs are located on postganglionic parasympathetic nerves. Under normal physiologic conditions, neuronal M2 mAChRs provide tight control of acetylcholine release from parasympathetic nerves. Inhibitory M2 mAChRs have also been demonstrated on sympathetic nerves in the lungs of some species. These receptors inhibit release of noradrenaline, thus decreasing sympathetic input to the lungs.
  • Ml mAChRs are found in the pulmonary parasympathetic ganglia where they function to enhance neurotransmission. These receptors have also been localized to the peripheral lung parenchyma, however their function in the parenchyma is unknown. Muscarinic acetylcholine receptor dysfunction in the lungs has been noted in a variety of different pathophysiological states. In particular, in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), inflammatory conditions lead to loss of inhibitory M2 muscarinic acetylcholine autoreceptor function on parasympathetic nerves supplying the pulmonary smooth muscle, causing increased acetylcholine release following vagal nerve stimulation (Fryer et al. 1999 Life Sci 64 (6- 7) 449-55). This mAChR dysfunction results in airway hyperreactivity and hyperresponsiveness mediated by increased stimulation of M3 mAChRs.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • Recent literature has focused on the non-neuronal cholinergic system in the lungs where there is an emerging literature supporting a role for muscarinic receptors in mediating immunomodulatory and inflammatory functions in respiratory diseases such as asthma and COPD.
  • Many of the components for cholinergic signaling have been reported to be contained within inflammatory and resident cells of the lungs, including muscarinic receptor expression on lymphocytes, alveolar macrophages, mast cells and epithelial cells.
  • acetylcholine is solely a neurotransmitter of the parasympathetic nervous system is currently being challenged as there is mounting evidence to suggest it has an integral role in host defense and airway inflammation.
  • COPD chronic bronchitis
  • chronic bronchiolitis chronic bronchiolitis
  • emphysema a major cause of mortality and morbidity in the world.
  • Smoking is the major risk factor for the development of
  • COPD nearly 50 million people in the U.S. alone smoke cigarettes, and an estimated 3,000 people take up the habit daily.
  • COPD is expected to rank among the top five as a world- wide health burden by the year 2020.
  • Inhaled anti-cholinergic therapy is currently considered the "gold standard" as first line therapy for COPD (Pauwels et al. 2001 Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. 163: 1256-1276).
  • relatively few anti-cholinergic compounds are available for use in the clinic for pulmonary indications.
  • Ipratropium Bromide (Atrovent ⁇ ; and Combivent ⁇ , in combination with albuterol) is one of the few inhaled anti-cholinergic marketed for the treatment of airway hyperreactive diseases. While this compound is a potent anti- muscarinic agent, it is short acting, and thus must be administered as many as four times daily in order to provide relief for the COPD patient.
  • the long-acting anti-cholinergic Tiotropium Bromide (Spiriva ⁇ ) has recently been approved in a number of countries.
  • mAChRs are widely distributed throughout the body, the ability to apply anticholinergics locally and/or topically to the respiratory tract is particularly advantageous, as it would allow for lower doses of the drug to be utilized. Furthermore, the ability to design topically active drugs that have long duration of action, and in particular, are retained either at the receptor or by the lung, would allow the avoidance of unwanted side effects that may be seen with systemic anti-cholinergic use.
  • WO 2004/091482 describes a dimeric bicyclic amine derivative having anti-muscarinic receptor activity:
  • X represents a group of the formula (d) or (e): — Y-Ar-Y- — Y-L-Y-
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, OR , SR , NR R , and C 1.4 alkyl; and L represents a bond, C1.4 alkyl or C3_g cycloalkyl.
  • WO 2005/095407 also discloses a similar dimeric bicyclic amine derivative to that above having anti-muscarinic receptor activity wherein inter alia, X is a group of the formula (d), (e) and
  • Y is, independently, selected from the group consisting of a bond, O, S, NR 2 , -NR 2 Cj.4 alkyl- , and Cj.4 alkyl- ; each of the alkyl groups may contain a heteroatom selected from O, NR 2 , or S; and
  • Z represents a bond, O, NR 2 , S, Cj.4 alkylidene or Cj.4 alkyl.
  • Other mAChR antagonists, non-dimeric in structure, may be found in WO 2004/012684;
  • NVA237 glycopyrrolate or glycopyrronium bromide, a quaternary ammonium derivative with anticholinergic and antimuscarinic properties. It is being developed by Novartis for once daily treatment of COPD.
  • LAS-34273 also known as aclidinium bromide, is a quaternary ammonium anticholinergic muscarinic M3 antagonist originated by Almirall and believed to be in phase 3 development for treating COPD.
  • the compounds are disclosed as central nervous system depressants useful as ataractic, analgesic and hypotensive agents.
  • US 3,925,388, US 3,856,799, US 3,833,594 and US 3,755,340 disclose 4-amino derivatives of pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-5-carboxylic acids and esters.
  • the compounds are mentioned as being central nervous system depressants useful as ataractic agents or tranquilizers, as having anti-inflammatory and analgesic properties.
  • the compounds are mentioned as increasing the intracellular concentration of adenosine-3',5'-cyclic monophosphate and for alleviating the symptoms of asthma.
  • the compound tracazolate ethyl 4-(n-butylamino)-l-ethyl-6-methyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]- pyridine-5-carboxylate
  • anxiolytic agent e.g. see J.B. Patel et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol, 1982, 78, 323
  • Other 1 -substituted 4-(NH 2 orNH-alkyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]- pyridine-5-carboxylic acid esters and amides are disclosed as potential anxiolytic agents in T.M. Bare et al., J. Med. Chem., 1989, 32, 2561-2573.
  • CA 1003419, CH 553 799 and T.Denzel, Archiv der Pharmazie, 1974, 307(3), 177-186 disclose 4,5-disubstituted lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines unsubstituted at the 1 -position.
  • JP-2002-20386-A (Ono Yakuhin Kogyo KK) published on 23 January 2002 discloses pyrazolopyridine compounds of the following inter alia formula:
  • JP-2002-20386-A are stated as having PDE4 inhibitory activity and as being useful in the prevention and/or treatment of inflammatory diseases and many other diseases.
  • l,3-Dimethyl-4-(arylamino)-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines with a 5-C(O)NH 2 substituent similar or identical to those in JP-2002-20386-A were disclosed as orally active PDE4 inhibitors by authors from Ono Pharmaceutical Co. in: H. Ochiai et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2004, vol. 14(1) and Pp. 29-32. Full papers on these and similar compounds as orally active PDE4 inhibitors are: H. Ochiai et al., Bioorg. Med.
  • EP 0 076 035 Al discloses pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine derivatives as central nervous system depressants useful as tranquilizers or ataractic agents for the relief of anxiety and tension states.
  • WO 02/060900 A2 appears to disclose, as MCP- 1 antagonists for treatment of allergic, inflammatory or autoimmune disorders or diseases, a series of bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with a -C(O)-NR 4 -C(O)-NR 5 R 6 substituent, including isoxazolo[5,4-b]pyridines and lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines (named as pyrazolo[5,4-b]pyridines) with the
  • WO 00/15222 discloses inter alia pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines having inter alia a C(O)-Xj group at the 5-position and a group Ej at the 4-position of the ring system.
  • Xj can for example be -OR9, -N(Rg)(Rj Q) or -N(R5)(-A2-R2), and Ej can for example be -NH-Aj -eye loalkyl, -NH-Aj -substituted cycloalkyl, or -NH-Aj -heterocyclo; wherein Aj is an alkylene or substituted alkylene bridge of 1 to 10 carbons and A2 can for example be a direct bond or an alkylene or substituted alkylene bridge of 1 to 10 carbons.
  • the compounds are disclosed as being useful as inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase, especially PDE type V, and in the treatment of various cGMP-associated conditions such as erectile dysfunction.
  • H. de Mello, A. Echevarria, et al., J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47(22), 5427-5432 discloses 3- methyl or 3-phenyl 4-anilino-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine 5-carboxylic esters as potential anti- Leishmania drugs.
  • NRyRy a group (R ⁇ a is preferably H) and with a group Het at the 5-position of the pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine, wherein Het is usually a 5-membered optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
  • WO 2004/056823 Al also discloses the use of these compounds as PDE4 inhibitors and for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inter alia COPD, asthma or allergic rhinitis.
  • WO 2004/024728 A2 discloses pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine having the following generic formula.
  • WO 2004/024728 A2 pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds are disclosed as being inhibitors of PDE4.
  • WO 2004/024728 and WO 2004/056823 are noted in Expert Opin. Ther. Patents, 2005 (January edition), 15(1), 111-114.
  • WO 2005/058892 Al discloses pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds for use as PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammatory or allergic diseases such as COPD, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis or atopic dermatitis.
  • WO 03/087064 is directed to compounds having both antagonism of the M3 muscarinic receptor and inhibition of PDE4, having the formula:
  • the present invention provides for the novel compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • R4 a is hydrogen or C 1-2 alkyl
  • R5 a is hydrogen or Cl .4 alkyl; n is an integer having a value of 1, 2 or 3; v is 0 to 4;
  • RI is selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ alkyl, -CH2-C 1 ⁇ fluoroalkyl, and -CH2CH2OH
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cj _4alkyl, Cj _2fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and (cyclopropyl)methyl-;
  • R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted Czj. ⁇ cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) and (cc), and a bicyclic group of sub-formula (dd), and (ee);
  • R 10a is hydrogen, methyl, C(O)NH 2 , C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C j fluoroalkyl;
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are independently CH 2 or oxygen, provided that no more than one of Y 1 , Y 2 and
  • R ⁇ cycloalkyl ring is deemed to be the connection point to the -NH- in formula (I), that is the ring atom connecting to the -NH- in formula (I)); and wherein, when R ⁇ is the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl and an optionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl;
  • Rg is NR ⁇ Rg, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (11), (mm) or (nn):
  • R-6 is an optionally substituted C 5 -C 7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens, l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl; or 8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj -2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj -2alkyl, and C(O) Cj-2alkyl;
  • R9a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl C j ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj-2alkyl, and C(O)C j-2alkyl;
  • Rd is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, amino, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • Ri 5 and Ri6 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C j -4 alkyl;
  • Ri 7 is selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of optionally substituted C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 cycloalkylCj-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j ⁇ alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC j ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj-4alkyl;
  • Rb is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C I -4 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci- ⁇ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci- ⁇ cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, Q-4 alkoxy, NR 15 R 16 C l-4alkyl,
  • Rc is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;
  • Re and Rf are each independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen and C I -4 alkyl;
  • RlO is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl
  • Rl 3a is hydrogen, or Ci -2 alkyl;
  • X is (C(Ri 3)) p , or (CR 6 Re) 81 - X 2 -(CR f R f ) s2 ;
  • X 2 is NRi 3a, O, S(0)m, or C(O); m is O, 1, or 2; p is 1 or 2; q is O, 1 or 2; s is O, 1 or 2; si is O to 2; s2 is 0 to 2, provided that when R ⁇ is a heterocyclic group of the subformulas (ff), (ii), (jj) and (11), and X 2 is NRi3 a , O, or S(0)m and m is 0 or 1, then s2 is 1 or 2, or X is (CH(Ri 3 ))p; t is 1 to 4; tl is 0 to 4; R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C
  • R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C 1.4 alkyl
  • R8 is (CRdlRdl)t - NRi 1R12 or (CRdI RdI )ti - RuJ
  • RdI is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclic;
  • Ri 4 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, and optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety; and Rl 1 and Ri 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • This invention provides for a method of treating both a muscarinic acetylcholine receptor (mAChR) mediated disease, wherein acetylcholine binds to an M3 mAChR and a phosphodiesterase type IV (PDE4) mediated disease, whereby the compound also binds to the PDE4 isotype, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a mammal in need thereof.
  • mAChR muscarinic acetylcholine receptor
  • PDE4 phosphodiesterase type IV
  • One use of compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of an inflammatory and/or allergic disease in a mammal.
  • One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via an inhaled route of administration.
  • Compounds of the present invention provide for a single compound which has the attributes of each pharmacophore optimized for each molecular target in a balanced fashion. This resulting in vivo profile allows for efficacy and duration of action at both targets, inhibition of PDE4 and antagonism of the mAChR, in a defined dose range. It is now possible to produce a compound which is developable to treat at least two aspects of complex disease etiology, for example bronchoconstriction and inflammation found in diseases such as COPD and asthma.
  • the present invention is directed to a concept of having dual pharmacophores in one molecule that retains potency across both pharmacological groups. Another aspect of the invention is that in addition to retaining dual pharmacological activity the compounds are developable for commercial activities.
  • the compound may be administered to a mammal in needed thereof, suitably one to four times daily, and preferably either a once or a twice daily treatment.
  • the compound is administered topically or by inhalation (via nose or mouth) for use in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a disease for which either pharmacophore has previously been associated with treatment of a PDE4 or an M3 mediated disease.
  • this will be an inflammatory and/or allergic disease, such as the treatment of COPD, asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, rhinitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, allergic conjunctivitis, psoriasis, ulcerative colitis, or Crohn's disease.
  • One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via an inhaled route of administration.
  • One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via an intranasal route of administration.
  • One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via a topical route of administration.
  • R ⁇ is suitably selected from Cj_3alkyl, -CH2-C1 _2fluoroalkyl, or -CH2CH2OH.
  • RMs suitably selected from Cj _3alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, or isopropyl.
  • R ⁇ is ethyl.
  • R ⁇ is hydrogen, C j _4alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or n-butyl, a Cj _2fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or (cyclopropyl)methyl-.
  • R ⁇ is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or n-butyl.
  • R ⁇ is ethyl.
  • R ⁇ is optionally substituted Czj. ⁇ cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub- formula (aa), (bb) or (cc), or a bicyclic group of sub-formula (dd), or (ee);
  • n ⁇ and n 2 are independently 1 or 2.
  • Y is O, S, SO2, or NRlOa J n one embodiment of the invention Y is O.
  • R 1Oa is a hydrogen atom (H), methyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C j fluoroalkyl.
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are each independently selected from CH2 or oxygen, provided that no more than one of Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are oxygen.
  • R ⁇ is an optionally substituted Czj. ⁇ cycloalkyl
  • R ⁇ is the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or (cc)
  • R ⁇ is optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl
  • the cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one substituent being fluoro or methyl, and the R- ⁇ ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I) does not partake in the cycloalkenyl double bond.
  • Ry is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa) and Y is NR 10
  • R 10 is not C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C j fluoroalkyl
  • R 3 is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (bb) and Y is NRI O, then RIO is not methyl
  • R 3 is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (cc)
  • Y is O, S, SO2 or NR ⁇ wherein R ⁇ is H or methyl.
  • any -C(O)NHR 24 or -C(O)R 25 substituent on a ring carbon is: at the 3-position of a R 3 cyclobutyl ring; or at the 3- or 4- position of a R 3 cyclopentyl ring; or at the 4-position of a R 3 cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, A-, 5- or 6- position of a R 3 cycloheptyl ring wherein, in this connection, the 1 -position of the R 3 cycloalkyl ring is deemed to be the connection point to the -NH- in formula (I), that is the ring atom connecting to the -NH- in formula (I).
  • any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy, -CH 2 OH, -CH(Me)OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 NH 2 , or -C(O)OH substituent on a ring carbon is: at the 3-position of a R 3 cyclobutyl ring; or at the 3- or 4- position of a R 3 cyclopentyl ring; or at the
  • R 3 is the sub-formula (bb) and (cc). In another embodiment of the invention R 3 is the sub-formula (bb) and (cc), and nl and n 2 independently are 1 or 2. In another embodiment, Y is O, and nl and n 2 are 1.
  • R 3 is the sub-formula (bb). In another embodiment R 3 is the sub-formula (bb), and Y is O. In yet another embodiment R 3 is the sub-formula (bb), Y is O, and nl is 1.
  • R 43 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl. In one embodiment of the invention R 43 is hydrogen or methyl. In another embodiment of the invention R 43 is hydrogen.
  • R 5a is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl. In one embodiment of the invention R 5a is hydrogen.
  • v is O to 5. In one embodiment, v is O or 1. In another embodiment v is 1 and R5a is hydrogen.
  • Ari and Ar 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl and an optionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In one embodiment, Ari and Ar 2 are independently selected from an optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment both Ari and Ar 2 are independently selected from an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • Ari and Ar 2 are independently substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, at each occurrence by halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; cyano; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted Ci-4alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; S(O) m ' Ci-IO alkyl, wherein m' is 0, 1 or 2, such as methyl thio, methyl sulfmyl or methyl sulfonyl; amino, a mono or di-substituted Ci-2alkyl amino; Ci-4alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl; C2-4alkyl alkenyl, such as ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl, or 2-methyl- 1 -propenyl; or a halosubstituted C I -4 alkyl, such CH
  • the optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano. In another embodiment the optional substituents are independently selected from fluorine, chlorine, methyl, methoxy or cyano.
  • suitable heteroaryl rings for Ari and Ar 2 include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and triazinyl.
  • the heteroaryl ring is a pyridine.
  • Ari and Ar 2 are both independently selected from an optionally substituted aryl, preferably an optionally substituted phenyl. In one embodiment of the invention both Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently selected from optionally substituted phenyls
  • the Ar2 ring is phenyl.
  • the ArI ring is a heteroaryl ring. In another embodiment the ArI ring is a pyridine ring.
  • the ArI ring is a phenyl optionally substituted one or more times independently by halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano. In another embodiment the ArI ring is a phenyl optionally substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine, methyl, methoxy or cyano.
  • the Ar2 ring is phenyl
  • the ArI ring is a phenyl optionally substituted one or more times independently by halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano.
  • the Ari ring is mono-substituted in the 5- or in the 6-position. In another embodiment if the Ari ring is di-substituted it is substituted in both the 5 and 6-position. In one embodiment, the Ari ring is an optionally substituted phenyl ring. In another embodiment the phenyl ring is substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 2 times, by halogen, cyano, or C I -4 alkoxy. In another embodiment, the Ari ring is a phenyl, or an optionally substituted phenyl in the 6-position, such as by fluorine, or methoxy.
  • R ⁇ is NR ⁇ Rg, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (ll), (mm) or (nn):
  • R6 is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens.
  • R ⁇ is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens
  • the rings include variations of the ring nitrogen positions from subformulas (ff) to (nn).
  • the nitrogens are at the 1-4 position
  • other options include 1-3, or 1-2 nitrogens with similarly substituted Ra, Rb, RbI, R9, etc. substituents.
  • s is 0, or is an integer having a value of 1 or 2. In one embodiment of the invention s is 1 or 2. In another embodiment of the invention s is 1.
  • R ⁇ is a heterocyclic group of the sub formula (ft), and s is 1 or 2. In another embodiment, R ⁇ is a heterocyclic group of the sub formula (ft), s is 1 or 2, and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, or methyl.
  • R ⁇ is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (jj).
  • R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C j -4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention R7 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 8 is (CRdI RdI )t - NR11R12 or (CRdI RdI )ti - Ri 4 -
  • RdI is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C j -4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic.
  • t is 1 to 4. In one embodiment, t is 1 or 2.
  • tl is 0 to 4. In one embodiment, tl is 0, or 1. In another embodiment, tl is 0.
  • Ri 1 and Ri 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 14 is selected from Cl .4 alkyl, C3-C5 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety.
  • R M is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ft), (ii), (jj), (11), (mm) and (nn), then tl is other than 0.
  • R M when R M is a heteroaryl it is a monocyclic five- to seven- membered unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; or a fused C8-C12 aromatic ring comprising at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, uracil, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridin
  • R 14 when R 14 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl it is selected from an optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionally substituted pyridinyl, or an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.
  • R 14 when R 14 is a heterocyclic it is a C3-C7 monocyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur or oxidized sulphur moieties, such as S(0)m, and m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2, or the heterocyclic is a fused, C8-C12 saturated or partially unsaturated ring system wherein one of the rings may be aromatic, or heteroaromatic.
  • Each of the fused rings may have from four to seven ring atoms.
  • suitable heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, the saturated or partially saturated versions of the heteroaryl moieties as defined above, such as tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), azepine, diazepine, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo- 1 -pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-l- pyrrolidinyl, l,3-benzdioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur
  • R 14 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring
  • the ring is an optionally substituted piperidinyl, piperazinyl, optionally substituted oxohexahydro-lH-azepine, or an optionally substituted 3'-[(l-Azabicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-3- yi.
  • R 14 when R 14 is a C3-C5 cycloalkyl it is suitably selected from cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In another embodiment when R 14 is a Cl .4 alkyl it is ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, or t-butyl.
  • Rd is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and an optionally substituted heterocyclic moiety.
  • Rd is an optionally substituted moiety, excluding hydrogen, the moiety may be substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine, or a C 1 -2alkyl.
  • Rd is independently hydrogen or methyl.
  • R9 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj-2alkyl, or C(O) Cj ⁇ alkyl.
  • R9 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl
  • the alkyl is substituted one or more times, suitably 1 or 2 times independently by halogen, hydroxy, N R 4 5R 1 6, C 1-4 alkoxy, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl.
  • R9 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R9 a is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Ci"2alkyl, C(O)C 1 -2alkyl.
  • R9 a is hydrogen or optionally substituted Cl .3 alkyl.
  • R a is independently hydrogen, or methyl.
  • R a is independently hydrogen, or methyl.
  • Rb is independently selected from hydrogen or methyl.
  • Rt ⁇ l is independently selected from hydrogen or methyl.
  • Rd is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl
  • the alkyl is substituted one or more times, suitably 1 or 2 times independently by halogen, hydroxy, NRi 5 Ri 6 , C 1-4 alkoxy, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl.
  • R ⁇ is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R c is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • RlO is independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • Ri 5 and Ri 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention Ri 5 and Ri 6 are hydrogen or methyl.
  • Ri 7 is selected from optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 cycloalkylCi-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi ⁇ alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC i"4alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Ci- 4 alkyl.
  • X is (C(Ri 3 ))p, or (CR 6 R e ) 8I - X 2 -(CR f R f ) s2 .
  • X 2 is NRi 3 a , O, S(0)m, or C(O).
  • Rl3a is selected from hydrogen, Ci- 2 alkyl.
  • Ri 3 is hydrogen.
  • si is O to 2. In one embodiment of the invention si is O.
  • s2 is O to 2.
  • R ⁇ is a heterocyclic group of the sub formulas (ff), (ii), (jj) and (11), and X 2 is NRi3 a , O, or S(0)m (and m is O or 1) then s2 is 1 or 2, or X is the group (CH(Ri3))p.
  • p is 1 or 2.
  • q is O, 1 or 2.
  • n 1, 2 or 3.
  • n 3 is 1 to 3.
  • m is 0, 1, or 2.
  • R4 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cj _4alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl Cj ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj_4alkyl, optionally substituted C24 alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryl C j _4alkyl optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj. 4 alkyl.
  • R5 is hydrogen, and n is 1.
  • R4 is hydrogen, or Cj_4alkyl.
  • R4 and R5 are both hydrogen, and n is 1.
  • R 1 is C j . 4 alkyl
  • R 2 is a C j . 4 alkyl
  • R3 is a morpholino
  • Z2 and Z3 are independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano and Cj_4alkoxy; n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2; v is 0 to 4;
  • R4 a is hydrogen or C J -2 alkyl
  • R-5a is hydrogen or C J .4 alkyl
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj .4 alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC J .4 alkyl optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl C J .4 alkyl;
  • R6 is NR7R8, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (11), (mm) or (nn):
  • Rg is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj -2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj -2alkyl, and C(O) Cj ⁇ alkyl;
  • R9a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj ⁇ alkyl, and C(O)C j ⁇ alkyl;
  • Ri 5 and Ri6 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C J .4 alkyl;
  • Ri 7 is selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 cycloalkylCi-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj -4alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicCi ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl C j -4alkyl;
  • R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl
  • R8 is (CRdlRdl)t - NRi 1R12 or (CRdlRdl)ti - Ri 4 ;
  • RdI is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclic; or
  • Ri 4 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, C3-C5 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, and optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety; Rl 1 and Ri 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. It is to be understood that the present invention covers all combinations of particular and preferred groups described hereinabove. It is also to be understood that the present invention encompasses compounds in which a particular group or parameter, e.g. S(0)m, etc. may occur more than once. In such compounds it will be appreciated that each group or parameter is independently selected from the values listed. When any variable occurs more than one time in a formula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • Particular compounds according to the invention include those mentioned in the examples and their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable” means a compound which is suitable for pharmaceutical and veterinary usage. Salts and solvates of compounds of the invention which are suitable for use in medicine are those wherein the counter- ion or associated solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts and solvates having non-pharmaceutically acceptable counter- ions or associated solvents are within the scope of the present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in the preparation of other compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivative means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug e.g.
  • ester of a compound of the invention, which upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of the invention, or an active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • Such derivatives are recognizable to those skilled in the art, without undue experimentation. Nevertheless, reference is made to the teaching of Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 5 th Edition, Vol. 1 : Principles and Practice, which is incorporated herein by reference to the extent of teaching such derivatives.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates, esters, carbamates and phosphate esters.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates and esters.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts and esters, in particular salts.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be in the form of and/or may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • suitable salts see Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19.
  • a pharmaceutical acceptable salt may be readily prepared by using a desired acid or base as appropriate.
  • the salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • Salts of the compounds of the present invention may, for example, comprise acid addition salts resulting from reaction of an acid with a nitrogen atom present in a compound of formula (I). Salts encompassed within the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention.
  • Suitable addition salts are formed from acids which form nontoxic salts and examples are acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, ethanesulphonate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydrogen phosphate, hydroiodide, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable base salts include ammonium salts such as a trimethylammonium salt, alkali metal salts such as those of sodium and potassium, alkaline earth metal salts such as those of calcium and magnesium and salts with organic bases, including salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexyl amine and N-methyl-D-glucamine.
  • ammonium salts such as a trimethylammonium salt
  • alkali metal salts such as those of sodium and potassium
  • alkaline earth metal salts such as those of calcium and magnesium
  • salts with organic bases including salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexyl amine and N-methyl-D-glucamine.
  • solvates refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry formed by a solute (in this invention, a compound of Formula (I), or a salt thereof) and a solvent.
  • solvents for the purpose of the invention may not interfere with the biological activity of the solute.
  • suitable solvents include water, methanol, ethanol and acetic acid.
  • the solvent used is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents include water, ethanol and acetic acid.
  • the term "prodrug” means a compound which is converted within the body, e.g. by hydrolysis in the blood, into its active form that has medical effects.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are described in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987; and in D. Fleisher, S. Ramon and H. Barbra "Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs", Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews (1996) 19(2) 115-130, each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Prodrugs are any covalently bonded carriers that release a compound of formula (I) in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a patient.
  • Prodrugs are generally prepared by modifying functional groups in a way such that the modification is cleaved, either by routine manipulation or in vivo, yielding the parent compound.
  • Prodrugs include, for example, compounds of this invention wherein hydroxy or amine groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a patient, cleaves to form the hydroxy or amine groups.
  • representative examples of prodrugs include (but are not limited to) acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups of the compounds of formula (I). Further, in the case of a carboxylic acid (-
  • esters may be employed, such as methyl esters, ethyl esters, and the like. Esters may be active in their own right and /or be hydrolysable under in vivo conditions in the human body. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable in vivo hydrolysable ester groups include those which break down readily in the human body to leave the parent acid or its salt.
  • halogen such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • hydroxy such as methoxy or ethoxy
  • halosubstituted Ci-IO alkoxy S(0)m alkyl, such as methyl thio, methylsulfmyl or methyl sulfonyl; a ketone (-C(O)), or an aldehyde (-C(O)Rg'), such as C(O)Ci-IQ alkyl or C(O)aryl
  • Rg' is hydrogen, Ci-IO alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl Ci-I O a lkyl, aryl, arylC 1.10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1.10 alkyl (and wherein the Rg' moieties
  • Ci-IO alkyl such CF2CF2H, or CF3
  • an optionally substituted aryl such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted arylalkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl, wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy; S(O) m C 1,4 alkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted C 1.4 alkyl amino; C 1.4 alkyl, or
  • Ci_ioalkyl or “alkyl” or “alkyl i_io” is used herein to mean both straight and branched hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms, e.g. Ci_ioalkyl means a straight of branched alkyl chain of at least 1, and at most 10, carbon atoms, unless the chain length is otherwise limited.
  • alkyl as used herein include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec -butyl, tert- butyl or t-butyl and hexyl and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chains containing the specified number of carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond.
  • C2_6alkenyl means a straight or branched alkenyl containing at least 2, and at most 6, carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond.
  • alkenyl as used herein include, but are not limited to ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 3- methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, 3-hexenyl, l,l-dimethylbut-2-enyl and the like.
  • alkoxy refers to straight or branched chain alkoxy groups containing the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • Ci. ⁇ alkoxy means a straight or branched alkoxy containing at least 1, and at most 6, carbon atoms.
  • alkoxy as used herein include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, prop-2-oxy, butoxy, but-2-oxy, 2- methylprop- 1 -oxy, 2-methylprop-2-oxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy.
  • cycloalkyl refers to cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms.
  • C3_7cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic ring containing at least three, and at most seven, ring carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of "cycloalkyl” as used herein include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl and the like.
  • cycloalkenyl is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms preferably of 5 to 7 carbons, which have at least one bond including but not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • alkenyl is used herein at all occurrences to mean straight or branched chain radical of 2- 10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, including, but not limited to ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2 -methyl- 1 -propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like.
  • aryl is used herein to mean phenyl, naphthyl, and indene.
  • heteroaryl ring refers herein to mean a monocyclic five- to seven- membered unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and uracil.
  • heteroaryl ring refers to fused aromatic rings comprising at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • Each of the fused rings may contain five or six ring atoms.
  • fused aromatic rings include, but are not limited to, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, and phthalazinyl.
  • heterocyclic rings is used herein to mean a monocyclic three- to seven-membered saturated or non-aromatic, unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur or oxidized sulphur moieties, such as S(0)m, and m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
  • heterocyclic rings shall also refer to fused rings, saturated or partially unsaturated, and wherein one of the rings may be aromatic, or heteroaromatic.
  • Each of the fused rings may have from four to seven ring atoms.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, the saturated or partially saturated versions of the heteroaryl moieties as defined above, such as tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), azepine, diazepine, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo- 1 -pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-l-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3- benzdioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • arylalkyl or “heteroarylalkyl”, “heterocyclicalkyl” or “cycloalkylalkyl” as used herein means a C I -4 alkyl (as defined above) attached to an aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic or cycloalkyl moiety (as also defined above) unless otherwise indicated.
  • sulfinyl is used herein to mean the oxide S(O) of the corresponding sulfide, the term “thio” refers to the sulfide, and the term “sulfonyl” refers to the fully oxidized S (0)2 moiety.
  • aroyl is used herein to mean C(O)Ar, wherein Ar is as phenyl, naphthyl, or aryl alkyl derivative such as defined above, such group include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl.
  • alkanoyl is used herein to mean C(O)Ci-IO alkyl wherein the alkyl is as defined above.
  • the term "optionally” means that the subsequently described event(s) may or may not occur, and includes both event(s) which occur and events that do not occur.
  • substituted refers to substitution with the named substituent or substituents, multiple degrees of substitution being allowed unless otherwise stated.
  • the compounds of the Formulas herein may have one or more asymmetric carbon atom and may occur as racemates, racemic mixtures and as individual enantiomers or diastereomers. All such isomeric forms are included within the present invention, including mixtures thereof.
  • Cis (E) and trans (Z) isomerism may also occur.
  • the present invention includes the individual stereoisomers of the compound of the invention and where appropriate, the individual tautomeric forms thereof, together with mixtures thereof.
  • Separation of diastereoisomers or cis and trans isomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C.
  • a stereoisomeric mixture of the agent may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
  • crystalline forms of the compounds of the Formulas herein may exist as polymorphs, which are included in the present invention.
  • Exemplified compounds of the compounds of this invention include the racemates, or optically active forms of the compounds of the working examples herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compounds of this invention may be made by a variety of methods, including standard chemistry. Any previously defined variable will continue to have the previously defined meaning unless otherwise indicated. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below and then specific compounds of the invention are prepared in the working Examples.
  • a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in therapy it will normally be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • This invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and pharmaceutical compositions incorporating such may conveniently be administered by any of the routes conventionally used for drug administration, for instance, orally, topically, parenterally or by inhalation.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be administered in conventional dosage forms prepared by combining a compound of formula (I) with standard pharmaceutical carriers according to conventional procedures.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may also be administered in conventional dosages in combination with a known, second therapeutically active compound. These procedures may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving the ingredients as appropriate to the desired preparation. It will be appreciated that the form and character of the pharmaceutically acceptable character or diluent is dictated by the amount of active ingredient with which it is to be combined, the route of administration and other well-known variables.
  • the carrier(s) must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid.
  • solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like.
  • liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water and the like.
  • the carrier or diluent may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl mono-stearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax.
  • the preparation can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or in the form of a troche or lozenge.
  • the amount of solid carrier will vary widely but preferably will be from about 25mg. to about Ig.
  • the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, sterile injectable liquid such as an ampule or nonaqueous liquid suspension.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may be administered topically, that is by non-systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound of Formula (I) externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream.
  • systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
  • Drops according to the present invention may comprise sterile aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and preferably including a surface active agent.
  • the resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-100 0 C. for half an hour.
  • the solution may be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique.
  • bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.01%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%).
  • Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may be administered parenterally, that is by intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous intranasal, intrarectal, intravaginal or intraperitoneal administration.
  • the subcutaneous and intramuscular forms of parenteral administration are generally preferred.
  • Appropriate dosage forms for such administration may be prepared by conventional techniques.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may also be administered by inhalation, that is by intranasal and oral inhalation administration.
  • Appropriate dosage forms for such administration, such as an aerosol formulation or a metered dose inhaler may be prepared by conventional techniques.
  • the agents of the present invention are delivered via oral inhalation or intranasal administration.
  • Appropriate dosage forms for such administration, such as an aerosol formulation or a metered dose inhaler may be prepared by conventional techniques.
  • the compounds may be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as tetrafluoroethane or heptafluoropropane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as tetrafluoroethane or heptafluoropropane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a
  • Dry powder compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may, for example, be presented in capsules and cartridges of for example gelatine or blisters of for example laminated aluminum foil, for use in an inhaler or insufflator.
  • Powder blend formulations generally contain a powder mix for inhalation of the compound of the invention and a suitable powder base
  • each capsule or cartridge may generally contain between 20 ⁇ g-10mg of the compound of formula (I) optionally in combination with another therapeutically active ingredient.
  • the compound of the invention may be presented without excipients.
  • the packing/medicament dispenser is of a type selected from the group consisting of a reservoir dry powder inhaler (RDPI), a multi-dose dry powder inhaler (MDPI), and a metered dose inhaler (MDI).
  • RDPI reservoir dry powder inhaler
  • MDPI multi-dose dry powder inhaler
  • MDI metered dose inhaler
  • reservoir dry powder inhaler By reservoir dry powder inhaler (RDPI) it is meant an inhaler having a reservoir form pack suitable for comprising multiple (un-metered doses) of medicament in dry powder form and including means for metering medicament dose from the reservoir to a delivery position.
  • the metering means may for example comprise a metering cup, which is movable from a first position where the cup may be filled with medicament from the reservoir to a second position where the metered medicament dose is made available to the patient for inhalation.
  • multi-dose dry powder inhaler is meant an inhaler suitable for dispensing medicament in dry powder form, wherein the medicament is comprised within a multi-dose pack containing (or otherwise carrying) multiple, define doses (or parts thereof) of medicament.
  • the carrier has a blister pack form, but it could also, for example, comprise a capsule-based pack form or a carrier onto which medicament has been applied by any suitable process including printing, painting and vacuum occlusion.
  • the formulation can be pre -metered (e.g. as in Diskus, see GB 2242134, US Patent Nos. 6,632,666, 5,860,419, 5,873,360 and 5,590,645 or Diskhaler, see GB 2178965, 2129691 and 2169265, US Patent No.s 4,778,054, 4,811,731, 5,035,237, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference) or metered in use (e.g. as in Turbuhaler, see EP 69715 or in the devices described in US Patents No. 6,321,747 the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference).
  • An example of a unit-dose device is Rotahaler (see GB 2064336 and US Patent No. 4,353,656, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference).
  • the Diskus inhalation device comprises an elongate strip formed from a base sheet having a plurality of recesses spaced along its length and a lid sheet hermetically but peelably sealed thereto to define a plurality of containers, each container having therein an inhalable formulation containing a compound of Formula (I) preferably combined with lactose.
  • the strip is sufficiently flexible to be wound into a roll.
  • the lid sheet and base sheet will preferably have leading end portions which are not sealed to one another and at least one of the said leading end portions is constructed to be attached to a winding means.
  • the hermetic seal between the base and lid sheets extends over their whole width.
  • the lid sheet may preferably be peeled from the base sheet in a longitudinal direction from a first end of the said base sheet.
  • the multi-dose pack is a blister pack comprising multiple blisters for containment of medicament in dry powder form. The blisters are typically arranged in regular fashion for ease of release of medicament there from.
  • the multi-dose blister pack comprises plural blisters arranged in generally circular fashion on a disc-form blister pack.
  • the multi-dose blister pack is elongate in form, for example comprising a strip or a tape.
  • the multi-dose blister pack is defined between two members peelably secured to one another.
  • US Patent No.'s 5,860,419; 5,873,360 and 5,590,645 describe medicament packs of this general type.
  • the device is usually provided with an opening station comprising peeling means for peeling the members apart to access each medicament dose.
  • the device is adapted for use where the peelable members are elongate sheets which define a plurality of medicament containers spaced along the length thereof, the device being provided with indexing means for indexing each container in turn. More preferably, the device is adapted for use where one of the sheets is a base sheet having a plurality of pockets therein, and the other of the sheets is a lid sheet, each pocket and the adjacent part of the lid sheet defining a respective one of the containers, the device comprising driving means for pulling the lid sheet and base sheet apart at the opening station.
  • metered dose inhaler it is meant a medicament dispenser suitable for dispensing medicament in aerosol form, wherein the medicament is comprised in an aerosol container suitable for containing a propellant-based aerosol medicament formulation.
  • the aerosol container is typically provided with a metering valve, for example a slide valve, for release of the aerosol form medicament formulation to the patient.
  • the aerosol container is generally designed to deliver a predetermined dose of medicament upon each actuation by means of the valve, which can be opened either by depressing the valve while the container is held stationary or by depressing the container while the valve is held stationary.
  • the valve typically comprises a valve body having an inlet port through which a medicament aerosol formulation may enter said valve body, an outlet port through which the aerosol may exit the valve body and an open/close mechanism by means of which flow through said outlet port is controllable.
  • the valve may be a slide valve wherein the open/close mechanism comprises a sealing ring and receivable by the sealing ring a valve stem having a dispensing passage, the valve stem being slidably movable within the ring from a valve-closed to a valve-open position in which the interior of the valve body is in communication with the exterior of the valve body via the dispensing passage.
  • the valve is a metering valve.
  • the metering volumes are typically from 10 to
  • the valve body defines a metering chamber for metering an amount of medicament formulation and an open/close mechanism by means of which the flow through the inlet port to the metering chamber is controllable.
  • the valve body has a sampling chamber in communication with the metering chamber via a second inlet port, said inlet port being controllable by means of an open/close mechanism thereby regulating the flow of medicament formulation into the metering chamber.
  • the valve may also comprise a 'free flow aerosol valve' having a chamber and a valve stem extending into the chamber and movable relative to the chamber between dispensing and non- dispensing positions.
  • the valve stem has a configuration and the chamber has an internal configuration such that a metered volume is defined there between and such that during movement between is non-dispensing and dispensing positions the valve stem sequentially: (i) allows free flow of aerosol formulation into the chamber, (ii) defines a closed metered volume for pressurized aerosol formulation between the external surface of the valve stem and internal surface of the chamber, and (iii) moves with the closed metered volume within the chamber without decreasing the volume of the closed metered volume until the metered volume communicates with an outlet passage thereby allowing dispensing of the metered volume of pressurized aerosol formulation.
  • a valve of this type is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,772,085. Additionally, intra-nasal delivery of the present compounds is effective.
  • the medicament To formulate an effective pharmaceutical nasal composition, the medicament must be delivered readily to all portions of the nasal cavities (the target tissues) where it performs its pharmacological function. Additionally, the medicament should remain in contact with the target tissues for relatively long periods of time. The longer the medicament remains in contact with the target tissues, the medicament must be capable of resisting those forces in the nasal passages that function to remove particles from the nose. Such forces, referred to as 'mucociliary clearance', are recognized as being extremely effective in removing particles from the nose in a rapid manner, for example, within 10-30 minutes from the time the particles enter the nose.
  • a nasal composition that it must not contain ingredients which cause the user discomfort, that it has satisfactory stability and shelf-life properties, and that it does not include constituents that are considered to be detrimental to the environment, for example ozone depletors.
  • a suitable dosing regime for the formulation of the present invention when administered to the nose would be for the patient to inhale deeply subsequent to the nasal cavity being cleared. During inhalation the formulation would be applied to one nostril while the other is manually compressed. This procedure would then be repeated for the other nostril.
  • the means for applying a formulation of the present invention to the nasal passages is by use of a pre-compression pump.
  • the pre-compression pump will be a VP7 model manufactured by Valois SA. Such a pump is beneficial as it will ensure that the formulation is not released until a sufficient force has been applied, otherwise smaller doses may be applied.
  • Another advantage of the pre-compression pump is that atomisation of the spray is ensured as it will not release the formulation until the threshold pressure for effectively atomising the spray has been achieved.
  • the VP7 model may be used with a bottle capable of holding 10-50ml of a formulation. Each spray will typically deliver 50-100 ⁇ l of such a formulation, therefore, the VP7 model is capable of providing at least 100 metered doses.
  • Spray compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may for example be formulated as aqueous solutions or suspensions or as aerosols delivered from pressurised packs, such as a metered dose inhaler, with the use of a suitable liquefied propellant.
  • Aerosol compositions suitable for inhalation can be either a suspension or a solution and generally contain the compound of Formula (I) optionally in combination with another therapeutically active ingredient and a suitable propellant such as a fluorocarbon or hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon or mixtures thereof, particularly hydrofluoroalkanes, e.g.
  • the aerosol composition may be excipient free or may optionally contain additional formulation excipients well known in the art such as surfactants, e.g., oleic acid or lecithin and cosolvents, e.g. ethanol.
  • Pressurized formulations will generally be retained in a canister (e.g. an aluminum canister) closed with a valve (e.g. a metering valve) and fitted into an actuator provided with a mouthpiece.
  • Medicaments for administration by inhalation desirably have a controlled particle size.
  • the optimum particle size for inhalation into the bronchial system is usually l-10 ⁇ m, preferably 2- 5 ⁇ m. Particles having a size above 20 ⁇ m are generally too large when inhaled to reach the small airways.
  • the particles of the active ingredient as produced may be size reduced by conventional means e.g., by micronization.
  • the desired fraction may be separated out by air classification or sieving.
  • the particles will be crystalline in form.
  • an excipient such as lactose is employed, generally, the particle size of the excipient will be much greater than the inhaled medicament within the present invention.
  • the excipient is lactose it will typically be present as milled lactose, wherein not more than 85% of lactose particles will have a MMD of 60-90 ⁇ m and not less than 15% will have a MMD of less than 15 ⁇ m.
  • Intranasal sprays may be formulated with aqueous or non-aqueous vehicles with the addition of agents such as thickening agents, buffer salts or acid or alkali to adjust the pH, isotonicity adjusting agents or anti-oxidants.
  • agents such as thickening agents, buffer salts or acid or alkali to adjust the pH, isotonicity adjusting agents or anti-oxidants.
  • Solutions for inhalation by nebulization may be formulated with an aqueous vehicle with the addition of agents such as acid or alkali, buffer salts, isotonicity adjusting agents or antimicrobials. They may be sterilised by filtration or heating in an autoclave, or presented as a non-sterile product.
  • the daily topical dosage regimen will preferably be from 0.01 mg to 1000 mg, administered one to four times daily.
  • the daily inhalation dosage regimen will preferably be from about 0.05 microgram/kg to about 1 mg/kg per day, more preferably from about 0.2 microgram/kg to about 20 microgram/kg, administered in one or more daily doses.
  • the daily intranasal dosage regimen will preferably be from about 0.05 microgram/kg to about 1 mg/kg per day, more preferably from about 0.2 microgram/kg to about 20 microgram/kg, administered in one or more daily doses.
  • the optimal quantity and spacing of individual dosages of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof will be determined by the nature and extent of the condition being treated, the form, route and site of administration, and the particular patient being treated, and that such optimums can be determined by conventional techniques. It will also be appreciated by one of skill in the art that the optimal course of treatment, i.e., the number of doses of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof given per day for a defined number of days, can be ascertained by those skilled in the art using conventional course of treatment determination tests.
  • novel compounds of Formula (I) may also be used in association with the veterinary treatment of mammals, other than humans, in need of antagonism of a muscarinic receptor or a PDE-IV enzyme.
  • the treatment, therapeutically or prophylactically, in animals include disease states such as those noted herein in the Methods of Treatment section.
  • treatment may include prophylaxis. It may also include reducing the symptoms of, ameliorating the symptoms of, reducing the severity of, reducing the incidence of, or any other change in the condition of the patient, which improves the therapeutic outcome.
  • formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents, or those for inhalation may include carriers, such as lactose.
  • the anticipated therapeutic activity for a dual pharmacophore antagonist of muscarinic receptors and an inhibitor of the PDE4 enzyme within a single molecule is both as a bronchodilator (provided by both muscarinic receptor antagonist activity and PDE4 inhibition) and as an antiinflammatory (by elevation of cytosolic levels of 3', 5' -cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) through inhibition of the PDE4 enzyme and by blockade other pro-inflammatory mechanisms mediated through muscarinic receptors on immune and resident cells) within the lungs.
  • cAMP 3', 5' -cyclic adenosine monophosphate
  • Muscarinic receptors are coupled to G-proteins (Mi, M 3 & M 5 via G q / ⁇ and M 2 & M 4 via Gj/o) which can lead to activation of a number of intracellular targets and signaling cascades.
  • M 2 and M 4 receptors via d/o can decrease cellular adenylyl cyclase levels and increase MAP kinase activation
  • M 1 , M 3 & M 5 receptors via G q/ n can elevate phospholipase C ⁇ (PLC ⁇ ) and increase MAP kinase activation (Nathanson NM. A multiplicity of muscarinic mechanisms: enough signaling pathways to take your breathe away. Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA. 2000; 97:6245-6247.
  • Lanzafame AA Cellular signaling mechanisms for muscarinic acetylcholine receptors. Recept. Chann. 2003; 9:241-260).
  • Elevated levels of cyclic AMP has been shown to have anti-inflammatory activity in a range of immune cells including T-cells, macrophages and neutrophils as well as resident lung cells such as epithelial and airway smooth muscle cells. Elevated cAMP can also cause airway smooth muscle relaxation and may offer a further mechanism independent of M 3 receptor blockade to initiate bronchodilation.
  • PDE4 inhibitors see: Kroegel C & Foerster M. Phophodiesterase-4 inhibitors as a novel approach for the treatment of respiratory disease: cilomilast. Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs 2007; 16: 109-124. Dastidar SG.
  • the disposition within the lungs of a single drug substance which acts at both muscarinic receptors and as a PDE4 inhibitor at the same cell offers the greatest opportunity for cooperative anti-inflammatory or bronchodilator activity through modulation of these independent targets.
  • This approach offers a greater potential to maximize the interaction of these two independent mechanisms compared to co-administration of two pharmacophores directed against each target as co-disposition at the cells of the lungs cannot be guaranteed through the second approach.
  • the novel single dual pharmacophore approach outlined here therefore offers a significantly greater potential for co-disposition to cells of the lung compared to administration of two separate pharmacophores directed against each target. Further to this such a pharmacophore will also be more amenable to combination with existing or other novel inhaled therapies for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
  • compounds and pharmaceutical formulations according to the invention may be used in combination with or include one or more other therapeutic agents, for example selected from anti-inflammatory agents, other selective anticholinergic agents (particularly an M 1 , M 2 , or Mi/M 2 receptor antagonist), ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists, antiinfective agents (e.g. antibiotics, antivirals), or antihistamines.
  • other therapeutic agents for example selected from anti-inflammatory agents, other selective anticholinergic agents (particularly an M 1 , M 2 , or Mi/M 2 receptor antagonist), ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists, antiinfective agents (e.g. antibiotics, antivirals), or antihistamines.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof together with one or more other therapeutically active agents, for example selected from an anti-inflammatory agent (for example a corticosteroid or an NSAID), an anticholinergic agent, ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiinfective agent (e.g. an antibiotic or an antiviral), or an antihistamine.
  • an anti-inflammatory agent for example a corticosteroid or an NSAID
  • an anticholinergic agent for example a corticosteroid or an NSAID
  • an antiinfective agent e.g. an antibiotic or an antiviral
  • PDE-4 inhibitor e.g. an antibiotic or an antiviral
  • Preferred combinations are those comprising one or two other therapeutic agents.
  • the other therapeutic ingredient(s) may be used in the form of salts, (e.g. as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts), or prodrugs, or as esters (e.g. lower alkyl esters), or as solvates (e.g. hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability and/or physical characteristics (e.g. solubility) of the therapeutic ingredient.
  • the therapeutic ingredients may be used in optically pure form.
  • One suitable combination of the present invention comprises of compound of the invention together with a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • ⁇ -adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (which may be a racemate or a single enantiomer, such as the R-enantiomer), salbutamol, formoterol, salmefamol, fenoterol or terbutaline and salts thereof, for example the xinafoate salt of salmeterol, the sulphate salt or free base of salbutamol or the fumarate salt of formoterol.
  • Long-acting ⁇ -adrenoreceptor agonists are preferred, especially those having a therapeutic effect over a 24 hour period, such as salmeterol or formoterol.
  • Suitable long acting ⁇ -adrenoreceptor agonists include those described in WO02/66422A,
  • WO02/270490 WO02/076933, WO03/024439, WO03/072539, WO 03/091204, WO04/016578, WO04/022547, WO04/037807, WO04/037773, WO04/037768, WO04/039762, WO04/039766, WOO 1/42193 and WO03/042160, whose disclosures are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Preferred long-acting ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists are: 3-(4- ⁇ [6-( ⁇ (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl ⁇ amino) hexyl] oxy ⁇ butyl)benzenesulfonamide; 3-(3- ⁇ [7-( ⁇ (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl ⁇ - amino)heptyl] oxy ⁇ propyl)benzenesulfonamide;
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include corticosteroids.
  • Suitable corticosteroids which may be used in combination with the compounds of the invention are those oral and inhaled corticosteroids and their pro-drugs which have anti- inflammatory activity. Examples include methyl prednisolone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, fluticasone propionate, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-17 ⁇ -
  • Preferred corticosteroids include fluticasone propionate, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-l 1 ⁇ -hydroxy- 16 ⁇ -methyl-l 7 ⁇ -[(4-methyl- 1,3 - thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-l,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester and 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro- 17 ⁇ -[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]- 11 ⁇ -hydroxy- 16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-androsta- 1 ,4-diene- 17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, more preferably 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-17 ⁇ -[(2- furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-l l ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-androsta-l,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S- fluoromethyl ester.
  • Non-steroidal compounds having glucocorticoid agonism that may possess selectivity for transrepression over transactivation and that may be useful in combination therapy include those covered in the following patents: WO03/082827, WO01/10143, WO98/54159, WO04/005229, WO04/009016, WO04/009017, WO04/018429, WO03/104195, WO03/082787, WO03/082280, WO03/059899, WO03/101932, WO02/02565, WO01/16128, WO00/66590, WO03/086294, WO04/026248, WO03/061651, WO03/08277.
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID 's).
  • NSAID 's include sodium cromoglycate, nedocromil sodium, leukotriene antagonists, inhibitors of leukotriene synthesis (for example, montelukast), iNOS inhibitors, tryptase and elastase inhibitors, beta-2 integrin antagonists and adenosine receptor agonists or antagonists (for example, adenosine 2a agonists), cytokine antagonists (for example, chemokine antagonists, such as a CCR3 antagonist) or inhibitors of cytokine synthesis, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, p38 inhibitors, and IKK2 inhibitors.
  • chemokine antagonists for example, chemokine antagonists, such as a CCR3 antagonist
  • Suitable other ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (for example, as the xinafoate), salbutamol (for example, as the sulphate or the free base), formoterol (for example, as the fumarate), fenoterol or terbutaline and salts thereof.
  • An iNOS (inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitor) is preferably for oral administration.
  • Suitable iNOS inhibitors include those disclosed in WO93/13055, WO98/30537, WO02/50021, WO95/34534 and WO99/62875.
  • Suitable CCR3 inhibitors include those disclosed in WO02/26722.
  • Suitable antihistamines include any one or more of the numerous antagonists known which inhibit Hi-receptors, and are safe for human use. All are reversible, competitive inhibitors of the interaction of histamine with Hi-receptors. The majority of these inhibitors, mostly first generation antagonists, are generally represented by three types of antihistamines: ethanolamines, ethylenediamines, and alkylamines. In addition, other first generation antihistamines include those which can be characterized as based on piperizine and phenothiazines.
  • Second generation antagonists which are non-sedating, have a similar structure- activity relationship in that they retain the core ethylene group (the alkylamines) or mimic the tertiary amine group with piperizine or piperidine.
  • Exemplary antagonists are as follows: Ethanolamines: carbinoxamine maleate, clemastine fumarate, diphenylhydramine hydrochloride, and dimenhydrinate.
  • Ethylenediamines pyrilamine maleate, tripelennamine HCl, and tripelennamine citrate.
  • Alkylamines chloropheniramine and its salts such as the maleate salt, and acrivastine.
  • Piperazines hydroxyzine HCl, hydroxyzine pamoate, cyclizine HCl, cyclizine lactate, meclizine HCl, and cetirizine HCl.
  • Piperidines Astemizole, levocabastine HCl, loratadine or its descarboethoxy analogue, and terfenadine and fexofenadine hydrochloride or another pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • compositions comprising a combination as defined above together with a physiologically acceptable diluent or carrier represent a further aspect of the invention.
  • the individual compounds of such combinations may be administered either sequentially or simultaneously in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations. Appropriate doses of known therapeutic agents will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • Desired attributes of the molecule would be to maintain or improve the M 3 pharmacophores potency with no or partial Mi agonism since agonism of the Mi receptor is usually counter- indicated. Another attribute is to decrease the dropoff between the PDE4 enzyme assay and inhibition reflected in the PBMC assay. Since both pharmacophores are in a single molecule, it is desirable to enhance intracellular inhibition of PDE4 reflected in the PBMC assay while retaining significant activity against the transmembrane M 3 receptor. In addition, in vivo efficacy and duration of action is not always reflected by in vitro measurements of activity, therefore other physiochemical properties of the molecules may be important for balanced efficacy at both targets.
  • one embodiment of the invention are compounds which posses appropriately balanced pharmacology, and have desirable physicochemical properties, such as solubility, dissolution rate, permeability, crystallinity, micronizability, and excipient compatibility. If the compounds are administered by inhalation, then low aqueous solubility is generally not suitable for a nebulized/solution formulation.
  • One embodiment of the invention is a display of sufficient antagonism at the M 3 receptor wherein pIC50 > 8.0 and a pA 2 > 8.0, as well as inhibition of the PDE4 enzyme with a pIC 5 o ⁇ 8.0 and cellular activity (as reflected in the PBMC assay) with a pIC 5 o> 7.0.
  • compounds of Formula (I) are generally selective against agonism or partial agonism of the various muscarinic receptors (Mi, M 2 , M 3 ) and PDE4 > 100-fold vs. other PDEs.
  • the inhibitory effects of compounds at the mAChR (muscarinic) receptor and the PDE4 enzyme for the present invention are determined by the following in vitro and in vivo functional assays. mAChR (Muscarinic)Receptor Assays In vitro assays
  • the human Mi - M3 receptors are cloned and stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell lines.
  • M 2 ACh receptor is co-expressed with the chimeric G protein, Gqi5, in CHO cells.
  • Competition for [ 3 H]-N-methyl scopolamine (0.5 nM) binding is performed using crude CHO cell membranes using a Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA). Atropine is run in every assay as the control.
  • SPA Scintillation Proximity Assay
  • SPA assay membranes are preincubated with wheatgerm agglutinin beads (GE) in 50 mM HEPES buffer (Sigma, St. Louis MO) (pH 7.4) at 4° C for 30 min, and then incubated with 0.5 nM [ H]-N -methyl scopolamine (PerkinElmer) in a 96-well Optiplate (Perkin Elmer), for 2 hr in the presence of vehicle (1% DMSO) or compound (0.01-1000 nM), in 0.2 mL final volume, at room temperature. At the end of the incubation the plates are centrifuged (Beckman CS-6R) for 5 min at 2000 RPM, and counted in a Top Count Microplate Scintillation counter (model A9912 Packard, Meriden CT).
  • Concentration-response curves for each compound are run using duplicate samples in 3 independent experiments. Specific binding is determined by subtracting non-specific binding (defined in the presence of 0.3 ⁇ M Atropine) from total binding. IC50 values are estimated from concentration-response curves and used to determine the inhibition constant (Ki) of each inhibitor using the Cheng and Prusoff equation [for competitive antagonists: The Kd's utilized for the calculations are: 0.17, 0.28, and 0.16, nM for Ml, M2 and M3 respectively.
  • Cells are harvested by centrifugation at 1000 x g for 10 min at 4 0 C.
  • the cell pellet is washed with Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) and quick frozen with liquid nitrogen.
  • PBS Phosphate Buffered Saline
  • the pellet is stored at - 80 0 C until the membrane preparation is made.
  • the frozen pellet is thawed and re-suspended in cold hypotonic membrane buffer (40 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 1 mM MgSO 4 , 0.5 mM EDTA, 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 2.5 mg/L leupeptin, 0.1 mg/mL aprotinin) and incubated on ice for 5 min.
  • cold hypotonic membrane buffer 40 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 1 mM MgSO 4 , 0.5 mM EDTA, 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride
  • the cell suspension is homogenized in a 40 mL Dounce homogenizer and centrifuged at 2000 rpm at 4 0 C for 6 min to remove nuclei and cellular debris.
  • the 2000 rpm pellet is resuspended in homogenization buffer and spun again at 2000 rpm for 6 min. This process is repeated two more times.
  • the combined supernatant is collected and cell membranes are pelleted at 100000 x g for 1 hr at 4 0 C.
  • the membrane pellet is resuspended in membrane buffer and aliquots stored at - 80 0 C. Protein concentration is quantified using the Bio-Rad protein assay reagent.
  • the human M1-M3 receptors are cloned and stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells.
  • the M2 receptors are co-expressed with the chimeric G protein, Gqi5.
  • CHO-Ml , CHO-Gqi5-M2 and CHO-M3 cells are cultured to confluence at 37 0 C in a humidified incubator with 5% CO 2 /95% air.
  • CHO-Ml and CHO- M3 are cultured in Alpha MEM with nucleosides and L-glutamine and 10% fetal calf serum.
  • Cells expressing the M2 receptor are cultured in DMEM/F12 media, supplemented with 200 mg/L G418 (geneticin), and 10% fetal calf serum.
  • Assay Readout Calcium mobilization, monitored as change in cytosolic calcium concentration, is measured as change in 516 nm emission fluorescence intensity of cytosolic loaded Fluo-4, a green fluorescent calcium indicator which exhibits large (> 100- fold) fluorescence intensity increases on binding to calcium, the change in intensity being, therefore, directly related to cytosolic calcium levels.
  • the emitted fluorescence from all 96 wells is measured simultaneously using a cooled CCD camera. Data points are collected every second. Maximal change in emission from each well after simultaneous addition of agonist or compound to each of the 96 wells is then exported to an excel spreadsheet. This data is then transferred to GraphPad Prism Version 4.03 for plotting of response to each treatment condition (ACh or compound).
  • M2 (w/Gqi5) and M3 ACh receptors stably expressed in CHO cells.
  • cells are plated in 96 well, blackwall, clear bottom plates (Packard View) at a concentration of 40000 cells per well and incubated at 37 0 C in a humidified incubator with
  • IC50 Determination for Antagonists Receptor antagonist characterization (IC 50 determination), compounds tested for potency of inhibition of ACh induced muscarinic receptor activation: To evaluate antagonist potency of compounds against the M 1 , M 2 and M 3 receptors, cell culture media is aspirated and replaced with 100 ⁇ L of dye load media [Eagles Minimal Essential Medium (EMEM) with Earl's salts and L-Glutamine, 0.1% BSA (Se ologicals Corporation), 4 ⁇ M Fluo-4- acetoxymethyl ester fluorescent indicator dye (Fluo-4 AM, Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) and 2.5 mM probenecid]. Cells are then incubated for 1 hour at 37 0 C.
  • EMEM Eagles Minimal Essential Medium
  • BSA Se ologicals Corporation
  • Fluo-4- acetoxymethyl ester fluorescent indicator dye Fluo-4 AM, Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR
  • the dye load media is then aspirated off the cells and replaced with identical media without Fluo-4 AM and with 0.1% Gelatin (BSA removed) and 2.5 mM probenecid.
  • Cells are incubated for 10 minutes at 37 0 C and then washed 3 times with KRH assay buffer [Rrebs Ringer Henseleit (120 mM NaCl, 4.6 mM KCl, 1.03 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 25 mM NaHCO 3 , 1.0 mM CaCl 2 ,
  • the basal emission fluorescence is measured, then the cellular response to an ECso concentration of ACh (3.3 nM against M 1 , 10 nM against M 2 and 1.0 nM against M 3 ) prepared in KRH assay buffer with 0.1% BSA (no gelatin), is monitored in FLIPR for 90 seconds and then 50 ⁇ L of 100 ⁇ M ATP (assay concentration of 20 ⁇ M) is added to check cell viability (H. M. Sarau et a ⁇ , 1999. MoI. Pharmacol. 56, 657-663). Maximal change in emission from each well, vehicle or compound pretreated, after simultaneous addition of ACh to each of the 96 wells is then determined.
  • the IC50 is defined as the compound pretreatment concentration which inhibits 50% of the ACh induced response.
  • a compound is believed to be active in this assay if it has an IC 50 of between 33 uM and 10 nM or less.
  • Exemplary compounds of Formula (I) which have been tested in this assay and found to be the most active can be found in
  • p A 2 Determination for Antagonists Single concentration kinetic characterization of compounds tested for potency of inhibition of ACh induced muscarinic receptor activation'. pA2.' Compounds which show ICso's of ⁇ 1.0 ⁇ M may be further characterized in a single compound concentration kinetic assay.
  • dye loaded (culture media is aspirated, replaced with 100 ⁇ L of dye load media and incubated for 1 hour at 37 0 C) and washed cells (washed three times with 100 ⁇ L KRH assay buffer) are treated with 150 ⁇ L of KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid containing vehicle (0.01% DMSO), for control response, or appropriate concentration of antagonist (single concentration for each column of 12 wells, concentration determined from IC50 value) and incubated for 20 minutes at 37 0 C.
  • Buffer is aspirated off and 150 ⁇ L of fresh KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid containing vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or appropriate concentration of compound is added and incubated for 10 minutes at 37 0 C. Plates are then placed into FLIPR for fluorescent measurements. After determination of basal fluorescence emission, a concentration range of ACh (0.033-100,000 nM for M1/M3 and 0.33-1,000,000 nM for M2) is added to vehicle or compound treated (columns of 12 wells) cells to determine the shift of receptor potency in response to ACh in presence of compound.
  • EMEM is aspirated and KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin with vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or antagonist is added to washout columns and incubated at 37 0 C for 20 minutes. Buffer with vehicle or compound is aspirated and cells retreated and incubated at 37 0 C for an additional 10 minutes. Buffer with vehicle or compound is then aspirated and cells washed 3 times with KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% BSA. KRH buffer (100 ⁇ L) containing 0.1% BSA is then added and cells incubated for 30 minutes at 37 0 C and washed 3 times. Cells are incubated for a further 30 minutes and washed 3 times, followed by a further 30 minute incubation.
  • Dye load media is aspirated and cells are retreated with 150 ⁇ L of KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenicid for washout columns or KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenicid and vehicle or appropriate concentration of compound for no washout columns. Cells are incubated for 20 minutes at 37 0 C. Pretreatment buffer is aspirated and 150 ⁇ L of fresh
  • KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid is then added to washout columns and the same buffer containing vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or the appropriate concentration of antagonist is added to the no washout columns. Plates are incubated for 10 minutes at 37 0 C and plates placed into FLIPR where fluorescence is monitored. Baseline measurements are recorded and acetylcholine concentration response curves are added to each column while continuing to monitor fluorescence. Comparison of ACh concentration response curves is performed between vehicle-treated and antagonist-treated [1.0 nM, 10 nM, 10OnM or 1000 nM] cells following washout to determine if there remained a shift in the EC 50 value post washout.
  • Receptor agonist characterization (EC 50 determination): compounds tested to confirm no agonist potential at muscarinic receptors: To evaluate agonist potential of compounds and ACh potency for the M 1 , M 2 and M3 receptors, culture media is aspirated and replaced with 100 ⁇ L of dye load media. Cells are then incubated for 1 hour at 37 0 C. The dye load media is then aspirated off the cells and replaced with identical media without Fluo-4 AM and with 0.1% Gelatin (BSA removed) and 2.5 mM probenecid. Cells are incubated for 10 minutes at 37 0 C and then washed 3 times with 100 ⁇ L KRH assay buffer.
  • Composition of the solution was (mM): NaCl (113.0), KCl (4.8), CaCl 2 (2.5), KH 2 PO 4 (1.2), MgSO 4 (1.2), NaHCO 3 (25.0) and dextrose (11.0) and equilibrated with 95% O 2 : 5% CO 2 and maintained at 37 0 C; meclofenamic acid (1 ⁇ M) was added to block endogenous cycloxygenase activity.
  • trachea was removed from male Hartely guinea pigs (Charles River, Portage, MI; weight range 450-650 g). The epithelium of the trachea was removed and strips were cut, approximately 2 cartilage rings in width.
  • Protocol A Tissues were suspended under an optimal resting tension of 1.5 g.
  • a carbachol concentration-response curve was then generated, whole-log increments from 10 nM to 100 ⁇ M, followed by a 1 mM histamine-induced contraction for reference.
  • the onset halftime to maximal inhibition of tension (ON ty 2 ) was determined.
  • the offset halftime of tension recovery (OFF tyi) following removal of the compound from the superfusate, was determined by measuring the time required for tension to return to the level used to measure the respective onset halftime. Tension recovery was plotted vs. time as a percentage of the % recovery of maximal inhibition.
  • Post-recovery concentration-response curves were plotted with data as a percent of the 1 mM post-histamine reference contractions. EC 50 and fold- shift vs. control values were calculated for each compound tested.
  • Protocol B Tissues were suspended under an optimal resting tension of 1.5 g. After an incubation period to reach stable basal tone, histamine (10 ⁇ M) was infused to assess tissue contraction response. After tension reached a plateau, histamine infusion was halted and tissues tension allowed to return to baseline. Compounds and vehicle were then infused onto the tissues for 6 hours. A carbachol concentration-response curve was generated, in the presence of infused compounds or vehicle, by infusing carbachol over the tissues in cumulative half-log increments, 10 nM to 100 ⁇ M, followed by a 1 ⁇ M histamine-induced contraction for reference. Upon completion of this curve, infusion of compounds into the perfusate was halted and tissue tension allowed to return to baseline.
  • EC50 and fold-shift vs. control values were calculated for each compound tested.
  • Procedure for wet suspension intratracheal dosing A stock solution of 5% weight/volume of Tween 80 is made at least one day prior to dosing. The solution is made by dissolving 1 gram of Tween 80 in a total volume of 20 ml sterile saline. On the day of dosing the stock 5% Tween solution is diluted 1 : 10 in sterile saline for a final concentration of 0.5% Tween. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 micron syringe filter to yield the final wet vehicle. Animals are weighed and the weights averaged for dose calculations:
  • Drug is weighed and placed into a glass homogenizer with the appropriate amount of vehicle, i.e. if 1.5 mg is weighed, than 1 ml vehicle is be added. The mixture is then homogenized by hand until it appears uniform. For doses lower than 1.0 mg/kg appropriate dilution of the suspension is made immediately after homogenization. A one ml syringe capped with a 22ga 2.5 inch rat gavage needle is filled with 200 ⁇ l of dosing solution. After an animal is anesthetized with isoflorane they are placed in the supine position and the dosing needle is introduced into the trachea via the mouth. After the drug solution is injected into the trachea the animal is returned to a recovery cage. Recovery from anesthesia is noted within 5 minutes.
  • Penh [(expiratory time / relaxation time)-l] x (peak expiratory flow / peak inspiratory flow) where relaxation time is the amount of time required for 70% of the tidal volume to be expired. Animals are returned to caging until the next noted exposure timepoint. Each animal's baseline airway parameter is used as its own control when determining the effect of ACh aerosol exposure.
  • Human recombinant PDE4B in particular the 2B splice variant thereof (HSPDE4B2B), is disclosed in WO 94/20079 and also in M.M. McLaughlin et al, "A low Km, rolipram-sensitive, cAMP-specific phosphodiesterase from human brain: cloning and expression of cDNA, biochemical characterization of recombinant protein, and tissue distribution of mRNA", J. Biol. Chem., 1993, 268, 6470-6476.
  • human recombinant PDE4B is described as being expressed in the PDE- deficient yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae strain GL62. PDE4B expression is induced by the addition of 150 ⁇ M C11SO4.
  • HSPDE4D3A Human recombinant PDE4D (HSPDE4D3A) is disclosed in P. A. Baecker et al., "Isolation of a cDNA encoding a human rolipram-sensitive cyclic AMP phosphodiesterase (PDE IV D )", Gene, 1994, 138, 253-256. Expression of human PDE4D in yeast, and subsequent preparation of the recombinant protein for assay was as described for PDE4B.
  • Inhibition of PDE4B and PDE4D are measured using a luminescence-coupled assay system developed by Cambrex.
  • This assay system couples the formation of AMP, derived from PDE4-catalyzyed hydrolysis of cAMP, to the formation of ATP. The ATP is then used as a substrate for Luciferase and results in light as a signal output.
  • PDE is inhibited or inactive, no AMP is produced, the Luciferase is inactive, and no light signal is produced.
  • This assay is used in a quenched assay format, where PDE4 enzyme (2.5 ⁇ L; ⁇ 120pM enzyme in 4OmM Tris-HCl, 1OmM MgCl 2 , ImM CHAPS, 0.01% BSA, pH 7.5.) and cAMP substrate (2.5 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ M cAMP in 4OmM Tris-HCl, 1OmM MgCl 2 , ImM CHAPS, 0.01% BSA, pH 7.5.) are added sequentially to a 384 well assay plate (Greiner 784075) pre-stamped with 12.5-50 nL compound at the desired concentration.
  • PDE4 enzyme 2.5 ⁇ L; ⁇ 120pM enzyme in 4OmM Tris-HCl, 1OmM MgCl 2 , ImM CHAPS, 0.01% BSA, pH 7.5.
  • cAMP substrate 2.5 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ M cAMP in 4OmM Tris-HCl, 1OmM MgCl 2
  • reaction is incubated at room temperature for 1 hr, then is quenched by the addition of enzyme stop solution (1.5 ⁇ L ; prepared as described by vendor; catalog # LT27-253) and then the light signal is generated by the addition of detection reagent (2.5 ⁇ L, prepared as described by vendor, catalog# LT27-250).
  • enzyme stop solution 1.5 ⁇ L ; prepared as described by vendor; catalog # LT27-253
  • detection reagent 2.5 ⁇ L, prepared as described by vendor, catalog# LT27-250.
  • the luminescence is then measured on a Viewlux imager (Perkin Elmer) using emission filters of 613/55nm or 618/40nm and a 5 second exposure.
  • Compounds are prepared in neat DMSO at a concentration of 10 mM. For inhibition curves, compounds are diluted using a three fold serial dilution and tested at 11 concentrations (e.g.
  • a 96-well flat bottom polystyrene tissue culture plate (manufacturer code 167008 Thermo Fisher Scientific, Kamstrupvej 90, Kamstrup, Roskilde DK-4000 Denmark ) is prepared by initially adding to column 1 ca. 1OmM of test compound dissolved in DMSO, which is diluted about 7.94 fold in the well with DMSO to give a 1.26mM solution. For a more potent compound, a more diluted solution in DMSO may be used. The compound is further diluted with DMSO into columns 2 to 9 by 8 successive 3-fold dilutions using the Biomek® 2000 Laboratory Automation Workstation (Beckman Coulter, Inc., 4300 N. Harbor Boulevard, P.O.
  • PBMC cells peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMC cells peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • heparinised human blood using 1% v/v Heparin Sodium 1000IU/ml Endotoxin Free, Leo Laboratories Ltd., Cashel Road, Dublin 12. Ireland, Cat No: PL0043/0149
  • AccuspinTM System-Histopaque ® -1077 essentially (Sigma- Aldrich Company
  • RPMI 1640 medium Low endotoxin RPMI 1640 medium, Cat No: 31870, Invitrogen Corporation Invitrogen Ltd, 3 Fountain Drive, Inchinnan Business Park, Paisley PA4 9RF, UK
  • RPMI 1640 medium Low endotoxin RPMI 1640 medium, Cat No: 31870, Invitrogen Corporation Invitrogen Ltd, 3 Fountain Drive, Inchinnan Business Park, Paisley PA4 9RF, UK
  • Viable cells are counted by trypan blue staining and diluted to IxIO ⁇ viable cells/ml.
  • About 50 ⁇ l (about 5OuI) of diluted cells and about 75 ⁇ l (about 75ul) of LPS (ca. 1 ng/ml final; Sigma Cat No: L-6386) are added to the compound plate, which is then incubated at 37 0 C, 5% CO2, for about 20 hours.
  • TNF- ⁇ concentrations of TNF- ⁇ are determined by electrochemiluminescence assay using the Meso Scale Discovery (MSD) technology (Meso Scale Discovery, 9238 Gaither Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20877, USA). See the "TNF- ⁇ (TNF-alpha) MSD Assay” described below for typical details.
  • MSD Meso Scale Discovery
  • Results can be expressed as pIC50 values for inhibition of TNF- ⁇ (TNF-alpha) production in PBMCs, and it should be appreciated that these results can be subject to variability or error.
  • MSD Human Serum Cytokine Assay Diluent (25 ⁇ l) Meso Scale Discovery, 9238 Gaither Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20877) is added to a 96-well High-Bind MSD plate pre- coated with anti-hTNF alpha capture antibody (MA6000) and then incubated for about 24 hours at 4°C to prevent non-specific binding.
  • About 20 ⁇ l (ul) of supernatant from the PBMC plate are then transferred from columns 1-11 to columns 1-11 of the MSD plate using the Biomek FX.
  • About 20 ⁇ l (ul) of TNF- ⁇ standard (Cat No.
  • the XC50 module automatically constrains A, B or A and B if an acceptable unconstrained fit cannot be achieved. QC criteria are applied and fits are rejected where A ⁇ -40 or >30, B ⁇ 80 or >140 or the ratio of upper and lower confidence limits on C >10. The results for each compound are recorded as pIC50 values (-C in the above equation).
  • Compounds are considered active in this assay if they demonstrated a pICso of greater than 5 up to a pICso of 10 or greater, and were screened at concentrations up to 10 uM.
  • Representative compounds of Formula (I) as described in Examples 111-122, 124, 127-129, 133-134, 137-141, 143-163, 165, 167-179, 182-183, 185, 187-190, and 192 were tested in the above assay and found to be the most active.
  • in vitro enzymatic PDE4B inhibition assay(s) described herein, or generally similar or generally analogous assays should be regarded as being the primary test(s) of biological activity.
  • additional in vivo biological tests which are not an essential measure of activity, efficacy or side-effects but may be used for further characterization are described below.
  • mice Male Lewis rats (Charles River, Raleigh, NC, USA) weighing approximately 280-400 grams are pretreated with a single intratracheal dose (200 ⁇ l) of either 300 ⁇ g/kg, or 30 ⁇ g/kg, of the test compound suspended in 0.5% Tween 80 (Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA) in phosphate buffered saline or vehicle only.
  • dose response curves may be generated using intratracheal doses of 300, 30 and 10 ⁇ g/kg, again administered in 0.5% Tween 80 (Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA) in phosphate buffered saline (200 ⁇ l per rat, 30 minutes prior to LPS exposure.
  • the rats are exposed to aerosolized LPS (Serotype E. CoIi 026 :B6 prepared by trichloroacetic acid extraction, Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA), generated from a nebulizer containing a 100 ⁇ g/mL LPS solution. Rats are exposed to the LPS aerosol at a rate of ca. 4 L/min for. 20 minutes. LPS exposure is carried out in a closed chamber with internal dimensions of roughly 45 cm length x 24 cm width x 20 cm height. The nebulizer and exposure chamber are contained in a certified fume hood.
  • LPS Cerotype E. CoIi 026 :B6 prepared by trichloroacetic acid extraction, Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA
  • BAL Bronchoalveolar lavage
  • 5 ml washes are performed to collect a total of 25 ml of BAL fluid.
  • Total cell counts and leukocyte differentials are performed on the BAL fluids in order to calculate neutrophil influx into the lung.
  • percent inhibition of neutrophil number, neutrophil percent, or both may be calculated and reported for that specific dose.
  • percent neutrophil inhibitions of either neutrophil number or neutrophil percent at each dose cf.
  • a sigmoidal dose- response curve (variable slope) usually using Prism Graph-Pad.
  • the dose-response curve may also be used to calculate an ED50 value (in mg per kg of body weight) for inhibition by the test compounds of the LPS-induced neutrophilia.
  • Examples are listed as producing "significant” inhibition if the test compound demonstrated significant (p ⁇ 0.05, using a two tailed distribution and two sample equal variance students T test performed in Microsoft Excel) inhibition of either neutrophil number, neutrophil percent, or both, when dosed at either 300 or 30 ⁇ g/kg, 30 minutes prior to LPS aerosol exposure.
  • Suitable common protecting groups for use with hydroxyl groups and nitrogen groups are well known in the art and described in many references, for instance, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene et al., John Wiley & Sons, New York, New York, (2nd edition, 1991 or the earlier 1981 version).
  • Suitable examples of hydroxyl protecting groups include ether forming groups such as benzyl, and aryl groups such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), silyl ethers, such as t-butyldimethyl or t- butyldiphenyl, and alkyl ethers, such as methyl connected by an alkyl chain of variable link,
  • (CRi()R2 ⁇ )n- Amino protecting groups may include benzyl, aryl such as acetyl and trialkylsilyl groups.
  • Carboxylic acid groups are typically protected by conversion to an ester that can easily be hydrolyzed, for example, trichloethyl, tert-buiyl, benzyl and the like.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may be obtained by applying the synthetic procedures and as detailed in the working examples described herein. These synthetic schemes as provided are applicable to producing compounds of the Formulas herein having a variety of different Rj, R2, R3, Xl, Z, ArI, Ar2, and Rg, etc. groups which are reacted, employing optional substituents which may be suitably protected, to achieve compatibility with the reactions outlined herein. Subsequent deprotection, in those cases as necessary, affords compounds of the nature generally disclosed. While a particular formula with particular substituent groups is shown herein, the synthesis is applicable to all formulas and all substituent groups herein.
  • Compounds of formula (XI), wherein RI , R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XII), wherein R*, R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein and wherein X" is a leaving group such as a halogen atom, mesylate (methanesulfonate), tosylate (p- toluenesulfonate), or triflate (trifluoromethanesulfonate) (suitably a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom).
  • the compounds of formula (XII), e.g. wherein X" is Cl, can be reacted with an azide salt such as sodium, lithium or potassium azide, in a suitable solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide such as dry DMSO, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, to give compounds of formula (XI).
  • an azide salt such as sodium, lithium or potassium azide
  • a suitable solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide such as dry DMSO, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as room temperature
  • Compounds of formula (XII), wherein Rl, R ⁇ and R ⁇ and X" are as defined herein, can be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (XIII), wherein RI , R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein, with a suitable reagent such as thionyl chloride (for when X ⁇ is Cl), oxalyl chloride (for when X" is Cl), methanesulfonyl chloride (for when X" is mesylate), or/> ⁇ r ⁇ -toluenesulfonyl chloride (for when X" is tosylate) and Preferably thionyl chloride.
  • a suitable reagent such as thionyl chloride (for when X ⁇ is Cl), oxalyl chloride (for when X" is Cl), methanesulfonyl chloride (for when X" is mesylate), or/> ⁇ r ⁇ -toluenesulfonyl chlor
  • X" is Cl
  • a suitable non-aqueous (e.g. anhydrous) aprotic organic solvent such as toluene, e.g. with heating to ca. 60-90 0 C for example ca. 85°C.
  • Alternative conditions include reacting compounds of formula (XIII) with thionyl chloride and methanesulfonic acid in a suitable non-aqueous (e.g. anhydrous) aprotic organic solvent such as dichloromethane, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as room temperature.
  • compounds of formula (XI) wherein Rl, R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein can be prepared directly from compounds of formula (XIII) wherein RI , R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein.
  • compounds of formula (XI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula (XIII) with an azide salt, e.g. sodium azide, in the presence of a halogenating agent such as carbon tetrabromide and a phosphine such as triphenylphosphine under suitable conditions, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as between 0 0 C and room temperature (see e.g. Toyota et. al. Journal of Organic Chemistry (2000), 65(21), 7110-7113).
  • an azide salt e.g. sodium azide
  • a halogenating agent such as carbon tetrabromide
  • a phosphine such as triphenylphosphine
  • suitable temperature such as between
  • X" can in particular be a chlorine atom.
  • a benzenesulfonate salt of the compound of formula (XII) can for example be used, in particular when R ⁇ and R ⁇ are ethyl and when R ⁇ is, for instance, a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl.
  • reaction of the compound (XII) or the salt thereof to the amine compound (IX) or the salt thereof may optionally be carried out under suitable conditions, for example by reaction of a compound of formula (XII) or a salt thereof with an aminating agent.
  • R ⁇ represents a hydrogen atom
  • a suitable aminating agent may be used, e.g. an alkali-metal hexamethyldisilazide such as lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium hexamethyldisilazide or potassium hexamethyldisilazide (in particular lithium hexamethyldisilazide, e.g.
  • a suitable non-aqueous non-alcohol (aprotic) organic solvent e.g. anhydrous solvent
  • a suitable temperature such as about 25 to about 50 0 C, for example ca. 30-45 0 C or ca. 30-40 0 C.
  • the reaction with the suitable aminating agent e.g. with the alkali-metal hexamethyldisilazide
  • an aqueous acid such as aqueous hydrochloric acid (e.g. 2- 10M, e.g. about 5M), for example at a suitable temperature such as from 0 0 C to room temperature, for example at 5-15 0 C or ca.
  • aqueous base such as cone. (e.g. 32% w/w) NaOH solution
  • a mono-acid-addition salt e.g. monohydrochloride
  • a suitable acid such as HCl (e.g. aqueous hydrochloric acid such as ca. 36% w/w aq. HCl).
  • the precursor alcohol compound of formula (XIII) or a salt thereof is converted into the amine of formula (IX) or a salt thereof, via the compound of formula (XII) or a salt thereof, without substantially purifying and/or without substantially isolating the compound of formula (XII) or the salt thereof wherein X" is a chlorine atom.
  • the compound of formula (XII) or the salt thereof wherein X" is a chlorine atom can for example be in the form of the benzenesulfonate salt, in particular when
  • RI and R ⁇ are ethyl and when R ⁇ is for instance, a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl:
  • RI , R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein
  • X ⁇ is an alkyl group such as a Cj .5 or Cj .4 alkyl (e.g. straight-chain alkyl) group e.g. in particular ethyl, with a suitable reducing agent in a suitable solvent, e.g. at a suitable temperature.
  • a suitable reducing agent is lithium borohydride, in which case: a suitable solvent can be a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (e.g. dry) and methanol (e.g.
  • a suitable reaction temperature can be from room temperature to the reflux temperature, e.g. about 50 to about 75 0 C, e.g. about 60 to about 70 0 C, e.g. 63-69 0 C or 64-68 0 C.
  • Another reducing agent is di-z ' so-butylaluminium hydride (e.g. solution in toluene), in which case: a suitable solvent is dichloromethane and/or toluene, and/or a suitable reaction temperature can be about 0 0 C.
  • Compounds of formula (XIV), wherein R ⁇ , R ⁇ and R ⁇ and X' are as defined herein, may be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula (XV) with an amine of formula R ⁇ NH2, for example generally according to the method described by Yu et. al. in J. Med Chem., 2001, 44, 1025-1027.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and/or in an organic solvent such as ethanol, dioxane, l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (NMP) or acetonitrile.
  • the reaction may require heating e.g. to about 60-180 0 C, for example at 115°C:
  • R ⁇ is a N-aminocarbonyl-piperidinyl or N-aminocarbonyl-pyrrolidinyl group
  • the conversion of the compound (XIVa) or salt thereof to the compound (XIV) may be carried out in the presence of a suitable base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform, at a suitable temperature such as at room temperature or at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • a suitable base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform
  • Compound (XIVa), wherein RI , R ⁇ , ⁇ 7 and n ⁇ are as defined herein, or the salt thereof can be prepared from compound (XIVb) below, wherein wherein R*, R% X ⁇ and ⁇ r are as defined herein and Prot is a suitable nitrogen protecting group such as (tert-butyloxy)carbonyl, by removal of the nitrogen protecting group.
  • suitable nitrogen protecting group such as (tert-butyloxy)carbonyl
  • suitable acidic conditions such as with hydrogen chloride (e.g. 4M) in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane:
  • the reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or NN- diisopropylethylamine , optionally in a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile, at a suitable temperature such as 60-100 0 C (e.g. 80-90 0 C).
  • a base such as triethylamine or NN- diisopropylethylamine
  • a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile
  • Suitable conditions for reaction of compounds of formula (XVI) with a dialkyl (l-chloroalkylidene)propanedioate of formula (XVII) include heating in a suitable solvent such as toluene, in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, at a suitable temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • Suitable conditions for the reaction of the intermediate with phosphorous oxychloride include heating at the reflux temperature of phosphorous oxychloride.
  • Compounds of formula (XVII), wherein R ⁇ and X ⁇ are as defined herein, may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (XVIII) , wherein R ⁇ and X ⁇ are as defined herein, with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of a suitable base such as tributylamine, at a suitable temperature such as 80-130 0 C, for example about 100-120 0 C.
  • a suitable base such as tributylamine
  • Compounds of formula (XVIII), wherein R ⁇ and X ⁇ are as defined herein, may be prepared by reaction of a dialkyl malonate of formula (XIX), wherein X ' is as defined herein, with magnesium chloride and a suitable base such as triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile, at a suitable temperature such as 5-10 0 C, followed by addition of an acid chloride of formula (XX), for example propanoyl chloride, at a suitable temperature such as between 10 0 C and room temperature.
  • a dialkyl malonate of formula (XIX) wherein X ' is as defined herein
  • magnesium chloride and a suitable base such as triethylamine
  • a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile
  • Compounds of formulae (XIX) and (XX) are either known compounds or may be prepared by conventional means.
  • compounds of formulae (XIX) and (XX) where X ⁇ and R ⁇ respectively represent ethyl are available from Aldrich.
  • Compounds of formula (XV), wherein Rl, R ⁇ and X ⁇ are as defined herein may alternatively be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula (XVI), wherein RI is as defined herein, with compounds of formula (XXI), wherein R ⁇ and X ⁇ are as defined herein, with heating, followed by reaction with phosphorous oxychloride, again with heating (see Yu et. al. in J. Med Chem., 2001, 44, 1025-1027).
  • Compounds of formula (XXI) can for example be diethyl [(ethyloxy)methylidene]propanedioate (wherein R ⁇ is H and X ⁇ is Et, available from Aldrich) or diethyl [l-(ethyloxy)ethylidene]propanedioate (wherein R ⁇ is Me and X ⁇ is Et, see Eur. Pat. Appl. (1991), EP 413918 A2).
  • R.4 ⁇ should be chosen so as to contain one less carbon atom than R ⁇ , for example R ⁇ is methyl will afford R ⁇ as ethyl.
  • the 4-chloro substituent in the compound of formula (XV) can be replaced by another halogen atom, such as a bromine atom, or by another suitable leaving group which is displaceable by an amine of formula R- ⁇ NH 2
  • the leaving group can, for example, be an alkoxy group -OR 35 such as -0Ci_ 4 alkyl (in particular -OEt) or a group -
  • reaction may be carried out with or without solvent and may require heating.
  • (aa) may alternatively be prepared from compounds for formula XXXVIII, wherein R ⁇ and R ⁇ are as defined herein, n ⁇ is 0 or 1, and Proc represents a suitable protecting group such as tert- butoxycarbonyl.
  • Suitable conditions include treatment suitable acidic conditions such as hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane at a suitable temperature such as room temperature.
  • Compounds for formula XXXVIII, wherein R ⁇ and R ⁇ , rr and Proc are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds for formula XXXIX, wherein RI and R % r? and Proc are as defined herein.
  • Suitable conditions include reaction of compounds of formula XXXIX with an azide such as sodium azide and a halogenating agent such as carbon tetrabromide, in the presence of a suitable phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, in a suitable solvent such as NN,- dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as between 0 0 C and room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula (XXXIX), wherein RI and R ⁇ , n ⁇ and Proc are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XL), wherein R ⁇ and R ⁇ , rr, Proc and X ⁇ are as defined herein, by reduction with a suitable reducing agent such as lithium borohydride, in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of tetrahydrofuran and methanol, at a suitable temperature such as at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • a suitable reducing agent such as lithium borohydride
  • Compounds of formula (XL), wherein R ⁇ and R ⁇ , rr, Proc and X ⁇ are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XV), wherein Rl, R% and X ⁇ are as defined herein, by reaction of a compound of formula (XV) with an amine of formula (XLI), wherein Proc and rr are as defined herein.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and/or in an organic solvent such as ethanol, dioxane, 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) or acetonitrile.
  • the reaction may require heating e.g. to about 60-180 0 C, for example at 120 0 C:
  • Scheme 1 describes the general synthesis of the compounds 1-5.
  • Compound 1-1 above is treated with phenyl chloridocarbonate in dichloromethane and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give intermediate 1-2.
  • Intermediate 1-2 is then treated with the suitably protected amine 1-3 in dichloromethane and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give intermediate 1-4.
  • a suitable protecting group is needed when R 6 in compound 1-3 contains a primary or secondary amine.
  • Intermediate 1-4 is then deprotected in a method defined by the nature of the protecting group used. In the case of an acid labile amine protecting group like Boc, deprotection can be achieved using a strong acid such as TFA in a solvent such as dichloromethane to give 1-5.
  • Scheme 2 describes an alternate synthesis of compounds 2-6.
  • Intermediate 2-1 is treated with the amine 2-2 in dichloromethane and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give intermediate 2-3.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4
  • Pd(OAc) 2 / PPh 3 gives intermediate 2-5.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , or Pd(OAc) 2 / PPh 3
  • the resulting intermediate 2-5 is then deprotected in a method defined by the nature of the protecting group used.
  • an acid labile amine protecting group like Boc
  • deprotection can be achieved using a strong acid such as TFA in a solvent such as dichloromethane to give 2-6.
  • Scheme 3 describes an alternate synthesis of compounds 3-5.
  • Suzuki coupling of intermediate 3-1 with a boronic acid or boronic ester aldehyde 3-2 (R is boronic acid, boronic ester) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , or Pd(OAc) 2 / PPh 3 gives intermediate 3-3.
  • Stille coupling of 3-2 with a trialkyl tin aldehyde R is trialkyl tin
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4
  • Pd(OAc) 2 / PPh 3 gives intermediate 3-3.
  • a variety of reverse phase columns e.g., Luna 5u C 18(2) 10OA, SunFireTM Cl 8, XBridgeTM Cl 8 were used in the purification with the choice of column support dependent upon the conditions used in the purification.
  • the compounds are eluted using a gradient of acetonitrile and water.
  • Neutral conditions used an acetonitrile and water gradient with no additional modifier
  • acidic conditions used an acid modifier, usually 0.1 % TFA (added to both the acetonitrile and water)
  • basic conditions used a basic modifier, usually 0.1 % NH 4 OH (added to the water).
  • Analytical hplc was run using an Agilent system with variable wavelength UV detection using reverse phase chromatography with an acetonitrile and water gradient with a 0.05 or 0.1 % TFA modifier (added to each solvent).
  • LC-MS was determined using either a PE Sciex Single Quadrupole LC/MS API- 150 or a Waters.
  • the compound is analyzed using a reverse phase column, e.g., Thermo Aquasil/Aquasil C 18, Acquity UPLC C 18, Thermo Hypersil Gold eluted using an acetonitrile and water gradient with a low percentage of an acid modifier such as 0.02% TFA or 0.1 % formic acid.
  • Heating of reaction mixtures with microwave irradiations was carried out on a Smith Creator (purchased from Personal Chemistry, Forboro, MA, now owned by Biotage), an Emrys Optimizer (purchased from Personal Chemistry) or an Explorer (purchased from CEM, Matthews, NC) microwave.
  • Cartridges or columns containing polymer based functional groups can be used as part of compound workup.
  • the "amine” columns or cartridges are used to neutralize or basify acidic reaction mixtures or products. These include NH2 Aminopropyl SPE-ed SPE Cartridges available from Applied Separations and diethylamino SPE cartridges available from United Chemical Technologies, Inc.
  • the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCI3 (150 mL x 2).
  • NaBH 4 (2.4 g, 64.3 mmol) was added cautiously to a solution of NiCl 2 (2.8 g, 21.6 mmol), BoC 2 O (9.6 g, 44.0 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-methylbenzonitrile (4.2 g, 21.4 mmol) in EtOH (150 mL) at 0 0 C within 0.5 h, then stirred for 40 min. After the reaction had subsided, the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 0.5 h. Then the solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in AcOEt and a saturated solution of NaHC ⁇ 3, then filtered and washed with AcOEt. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • Potassium phthalate (28.8 g, 0.16 mol) was added to a solution of l-bromo-3- (bromomethyl)-2-(methyloxy)benzene (41.4 g, 0.15 mol) in DMF (350 mL). The mixture was heated to 90 0 C over night. Then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CHCl 3 (300 mL), and filtered. The filtrate was washed with H 2 O (100 mL x T), brine (100 mL), and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • tert-Butyl dimethylsilyl chloride (18.7 g, 124.3 mmol), Et 3 N (14.08 g, 139.2 mmol) and DMAP (194.3 mg, 8.9 mmol) were dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (120 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0- 5 0 C.
  • Pd(OAc) 2 (102.0 mg, 0.45 mmol, 0.03 eq.), PPh 3 (476.4 mg, 1.82 mmol, 0.12 eq.), K 2 C ⁇ 3 (3.14 g, 22.7 mmol, 1.50 eq.) and 2-[(3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)methyl]- lH-isoindole- l,3(2H)-dione (5.00 g, 13.1 mmol, 1.00 eq.) were suspended in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) under nitrogen.
  • Triphenylphosphane (2.62 g, 10.0 mmol) was added to l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)benzene (2.5 g, 10.0 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) and the mixture heated in a microwave at 100 0 C for about 1 h. The mixture was filtered to afford the title compound (4.55 g, 89 %).
  • the reaction was quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine.
  • the organic layer was filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ syringe filter to remove residual Pd and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue.
  • the crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane (product came out at 100% ethyl acetate).
  • the mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 30 min at 150 0 C. It was quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was passed through a pad of celite, washed with ethyl acetate and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 90% ethyl acetate in DCM).
  • the mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 10 min at 100 0 C. It was passed through PL-Thiol MP SPE+ to get rid of Pd content and then washed with saturated NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 100% ethyl acetate).
  • the mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 10 min at 100 0 C. It was passed through a pad of Celite and then washed with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. It was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue.
  • the crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 90% ethyl acetate in DCM).
  • the mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 10 min at 100 0 C. It was passed through PL-Thiol MP SPE+ to get rid of Pd content and then washed with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. It was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 90% ethyl acetate in DCM).
  • Example 111 N- ⁇ [l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl ⁇ -iV-[(6-fluoro-3'- ⁇ [(35)-3-methyl-l- piperazinyl] methyl ⁇ -3-biphenylyl)methyl] urea and ⁇ yV-bis ⁇ [1 ,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahy dro-2//-py ran-4-ylamino)- l//-py razolo [3 ,4-b] py ridin-5- yl] methyl ⁇ urea
  • Example 112 ⁇ - ⁇ [l ⁇ -DiethyM- ⁇ etrahydro-lH-pyran ⁇ -ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP ⁇ - 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl ⁇ -iV- ⁇ [3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl ⁇ urea
  • the crude residue was purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLCeluting with 10 to 70% CH 3 CN in water in a flowrate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were dried with EZ GeneVac and combined into one batch with DCM. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
  • the crude product was purified with prepative HPLC eluting with 10 to 70% CH 3 CN in water in a flowrate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and then free based with saturated NaHCO 3 .
  • the reaction mixture was passed though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ column to get rid of Pd content and washed with ethyl acetate. It was then quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. It was then purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 1 % TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried using a GeneVac to give the crude intermediate. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for about 3 h.
  • the reaction mixture was passed though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ column to get rid of Pd content and washed with ethyl acetate. It was then quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. It was then purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLC (with 1% TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried using a GeneVac to give the crude intermediate. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for about 3 h.
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0 C.
  • the crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • Solvent was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and then purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0 C.
  • the crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0 C.
  • the crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0 C.
  • the crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • Example 120 ⁇ - ⁇ [lj ⁇ -DiethyM- ⁇ etrahydro-lH-pyran ⁇ -ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP ⁇ - ⁇ lpyridin-S- yl]methyl ⁇ -7V-( ⁇ 6-(methyloxy)-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl ⁇ methyl)urea
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0 C.
  • the crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0 C.
  • the crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ⁇ PLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH 3 CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • Examples 123-125 Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- ⁇ [1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl ⁇ -N'-[(6-fluoro- 3'- ⁇ [(3S)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl ⁇ -3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (Example 122), N- ⁇ [1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl ⁇ -N'-[(6-fluoro- 3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 123- 125 listed in Table 1.
  • N'-[(3'-formyl-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea 40 mg, 0.072 mmol
  • 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl (2R)-2- methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate 139.39 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq
  • acetic acid 4.13 ⁇ L, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq
  • the mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to novel compounds of Formula (I), for treating an inflammatory or allergic diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).

Description

Dual Pharmacophores - PDE4-Muscarinic Antagonistics FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel compounds of Formula (I), or salts thereof, processes for their preparation, intermediates usable in these processes, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds or salts. The invention also relates to the use of these compounds or salts thereof in therapy, for example as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase type IV (PDE4) and as antagonists of muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs), and useful in the treatment of, and/or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases, including anti-inflammatory and allergic diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, rhinitis (e.g. allergic rhinitis), atopic dermatitis or psoriasis.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Acetylcholine released from cholinergic neurons in the peripheral and central nervous systems affects many different biological processes through interaction with two major classes of acetylcholine receptors - the nicotinic and the muscarinic acetylcholine receptors. Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs) belong to the superfamily of G-protein coupled receptors having seven transmembrane domains. There are five subtypes of mAChRs, termed M1-M5, and each is the product of a distinct gene. Each of these five subtypes displays unique pharmacological properties. Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors are widely distributed in vertebrate organs, and these receptors can mediate both inhibitory and excitatory actions. For example, in smooth muscle found in the airways, M3 mAChRs mediate contractile responses. For a review, see Caulfield (1993 Pharmac. Ther. 58:319-79).
In the lungs, mAChRs have been localized to smooth muscle in the trachea and bronchi, the submucosal glands, and the parasympathetic ganglia. Muscarinic receptor density is greatest in parasympathetic ganglia and then decreases in density from the submucosal glands to tracheal and then bronchial smooth muscle. Muscarinic receptors are nearly absent from the alveoli. For review of mAChR expression and function in the lungs, please see Fryer and Jacoby (1998 Am J Respir Crit Care Med 158(5, pt 3) S 154-60).
Three subtypes of mAChRs have been identified as important in the lungs, Ml, M2 and M3 mAChRs. The M3 mAChRs, located on airway smooth muscle, mediate muscle contraction. Stimulation of M3 mAChRs activates the enzyme phospho lipase C via binding of the stimulatory G protein Gq/11 (Gs), leading to liberation of phosphatidyl inositol-4,5-bisphosphate, resulting in phosphorylation of contractile proteins. M3 mAChRs are also found on pulmonary submucosal glands. Stimulation of this population of M3 mAChRs results in mucus secretion. M2 mAChRs make up approximately 50-80% of the cholinergic receptor population on airway smooth muscles. Although the precise function is still unknown, they inhibit catecholaminergic relaxation of airway smooth muscle via inhibition of cAMP generation. Neuronal M2 mAChRs are located on postganglionic parasympathetic nerves. Under normal physiologic conditions, neuronal M2 mAChRs provide tight control of acetylcholine release from parasympathetic nerves. Inhibitory M2 mAChRs have also been demonstrated on sympathetic nerves in the lungs of some species. These receptors inhibit release of noradrenaline, thus decreasing sympathetic input to the lungs.
Ml mAChRs are found in the pulmonary parasympathetic ganglia where they function to enhance neurotransmission. These receptors have also been localized to the peripheral lung parenchyma, however their function in the parenchyma is unknown. Muscarinic acetylcholine receptor dysfunction in the lungs has been noted in a variety of different pathophysiological states. In particular, in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), inflammatory conditions lead to loss of inhibitory M2 muscarinic acetylcholine autoreceptor function on parasympathetic nerves supplying the pulmonary smooth muscle, causing increased acetylcholine release following vagal nerve stimulation (Fryer et al. 1999 Life Sci 64 (6- 7) 449-55). This mAChR dysfunction results in airway hyperreactivity and hyperresponsiveness mediated by increased stimulation of M3 mAChRs.
Recent literature has focused on the non-neuronal cholinergic system in the lungs where there is an emerging literature supporting a role for muscarinic receptors in mediating immunomodulatory and inflammatory functions in respiratory diseases such as asthma and COPD. Many of the components for cholinergic signaling have been reported to be contained within inflammatory and resident cells of the lungs, including muscarinic receptor expression on lymphocytes, alveolar macrophages, mast cells and epithelial cells. The view that acetylcholine is solely a neurotransmitter of the parasympathetic nervous system is currently being challenged as there is mounting evidence to suggest it has an integral role in host defense and airway inflammation. For a full review see Gwilt et al., 2007 (Gwilt CR. et al., The non-neuronal cholinergic system in the airways: An unappreciated regulatory role in pulmonary inflammation? Pharmacol. Ther. 2007; 115: 208-222) and Kummer & Lips 2006 (Kummer W and Lips KS. Non- neuronal acetylcholine release and its contribution to COPD pathology. Drug Discovery Today: Disease Mechanisms 2006; 3:47-52). A consequence of this emerging science is the implication that anti-cholinergic antagonists may have a much broader therapeutic potential for respiratory diseases with anti- inflammatory and disease modifying activity as well as the their well established utility as bronchodilator agents.
COPD is an imprecise term that encompasses a variety of progressive health problems including chronic bronchitis, chronic bronchiolitis and emphysema, and it is a major cause of mortality and morbidity in the world. Smoking is the major risk factor for the development of
COPD; nearly 50 million people in the U.S. alone smoke cigarettes, and an estimated 3,000 people take up the habit daily. As a result, COPD is expected to rank among the top five as a world- wide health burden by the year 2020. Inhaled anti-cholinergic therapy is currently considered the "gold standard" as first line therapy for COPD (Pauwels et al. 2001 Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. 163: 1256-1276). Despite the large body of evidence supporting the use of anti-cholinergic therapy for the treatment of airway hyperreactive diseases, relatively few anti-cholinergic compounds are available for use in the clinic for pulmonary indications. Ipratropium Bromide (Atrovent©; and Combivent©, in combination with albuterol) is one of the few inhaled anti-cholinergic marketed for the treatment of airway hyperreactive diseases. While this compound is a potent anti- muscarinic agent, it is short acting, and thus must be administered as many as four times daily in order to provide relief for the COPD patient. The long-acting anti-cholinergic Tiotropium Bromide (Spiriva©) has recently been approved in a number of countries.
Since mAChRs are widely distributed throughout the body, the ability to apply anticholinergics locally and/or topically to the respiratory tract is particularly advantageous, as it would allow for lower doses of the drug to be utilized. Furthermore, the ability to design topically active drugs that have long duration of action, and in particular, are retained either at the receptor or by the lung, would allow the avoidance of unwanted side effects that may be seen with systemic anti-cholinergic use.
WO 2004/091482 describes a dimeric bicyclic amine derivative having anti-muscarinic receptor activity:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein, inter alia, X represents a group of the formula (d) or (e): — Y-Ar-Y- — Y-L-Y-
(d) (e)
Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, OR , SR , NR R , and C 1.4 alkyl; and L represents a bond, C1.4 alkyl or C3_g cycloalkyl.
WO 2005/095407 also discloses a similar dimeric bicyclic amine derivative to that above having anti-muscarinic receptor activity wherein inter alia, X is a group of the formula (d), (e) and
(f): — Y-Ar-Y — — Y— L— Y — Y— Ar1- Z— Ar2- Y
(d) (e) (f) Y is, independently, selected from the group consisting of a bond, O, S, NR2, -NR2Cj.4 alkyl- , and Cj.4 alkyl- ; each of the alkyl groups may contain a heteroatom selected from O, NR2, or S; and
Z represents a bond, O, NR2, S, Cj.4 alkylidene or Cj.4 alkyl. Other mAChR antagonists, non-dimeric in structure, may be found in WO 2004/012684;
WO 2005/009439; WO 2005/09362; WO 2005/09440; WO 2005/037280; WO 2005/037224; WO 2005/046586; WO 2005/055940; WO 2005/055941; WO 2005/067537; WO 2005/087236; WO 2005/086873; WO 2005/094835; WO 2005/094834; WO 2005/094251; WO 2005/099706; WO 2005/104745; WO 2005/112644; WO 2005/118594; WO 2006/005057; WO 2006/017767; WO 2006/017768; WO 2006/050239; WO 2006/055503; WO 2006/055553; WO 2006/062931; WO 2006/062883; WO 2006/065788; WO 2006/065755; WO 2007/018514; WO 2007/018508; WO 2007/016639; WO 2007/016650; and WO 2007/022351.
NVA237 (glycopyrrolate) glycopyrrolate or glycopyrronium bromide, a quaternary ammonium derivative with anticholinergic and antimuscarinic properties. It is being developed by Novartis for once daily treatment of COPD.
Figure imgf000005_0001
LAS-34273, also known as aclidinium bromide, is a quaternary ammonium anticholinergic muscarinic M3 antagonist originated by Almirall and believed to be in phase 3 development for treating COPD.
Figure imgf000005_0002
With respect to the PDE4 moieties: US 3,979,399, US 3,840,546, and US 3,966,746 (E.R.Squibb & Sons) disclose 4-amino derivatives of pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-5-carboxamides wherein the 4-amino group NR3R4 can be an acyclic amino group wherein R3 and R4 may each be hydrogen, lower alkyl (e.g. butyl) and Phenyl, etc.; NR3R4 can alternatively be a 3-6-membered heterocyclic group such as pyrrolidino, piperidino and piperazino. The compounds are disclosed as central nervous system depressants useful as ataractic, analgesic and hypotensive agents. US 3,925,388, US 3,856,799, US 3,833,594 and US 3,755,340 (E.R.Squibb & Sons) disclose 4-amino derivatives of pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-5-carboxylic acids and esters. The compounds are mentioned as being central nervous system depressants useful as ataractic agents or tranquilizers, as having anti-inflammatory and analgesic properties. The compounds are mentioned as increasing the intracellular concentration of adenosine-3',5'-cyclic monophosphate and for alleviating the symptoms of asthma.
H. Hoehn et al., J. Heterocycl. Chem., 1972, 9(2), 235-253 discloses a series of IH- pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid derivatives with 4-hydroxy, 4-chloro, 4-alkoxy, 4-hydrazino, and 4-amino substituents. Ethyl 4-(n-butylamino)-l-ethyl-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4-b]- pyridine-5-carboxylate is disclosed therein; this compound is cartazolate.
The compound tracazolate, ethyl 4-(n-butylamino)-l-ethyl-6-methyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]- pyridine-5-carboxylate, is known as an anxiolytic agent (e.g. see J.B. Patel et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol, 1982, 78, 323). Other 1 -substituted 4-(NH2 orNH-alkyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]- pyridine-5-carboxylic acid esters and amides are disclosed as potential anxiolytic agents in T.M. Bare et al., J. Med. Chem., 1989, 32, 2561-2573.
CA 1003419, CH 553 799 and T.Denzel, Archiv der Pharmazie, 1974, 307(3), 177-186 disclose 4,5-disubstituted lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines unsubstituted at the 1 -position.
Japanese laid-open patent application JP-2002-20386-A (Ono Yakuhin Kogyo KK) published on 23 January 2002 discloses pyrazolopyridine compounds of the following inter alia formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
The compounds of JP-2002-20386-A are stated as having PDE4 inhibitory activity and as being useful in the prevention and/or treatment of inflammatory diseases and many other diseases. l,3-Dimethyl-4-(arylamino)-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines with a 5-C(O)NH2 substituent similar or identical to those in JP-2002-20386-A were disclosed as orally active PDE4 inhibitors by authors from Ono Pharmaceutical Co. in: H. Ochiai et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2004, vol. 14(1) and Pp. 29-32. Full papers on these and similar compounds as orally active PDE4 inhibitors are: H. Ochiai et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2004, 12(15), 4089-4100, and H. Ochiai et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull, 2004, 52(9), 1098-1104. EP 0 076 035 Al (ICI Americas) discloses pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine derivatives as central nervous system depressants useful as tranquilizers or ataractic agents for the relief of anxiety and tension states.
J. W. Daly et al., Med. Chem. Res., 1994, 4, 293-306 and D. Shi et al., Drug Development Research, 1997, 42, 41-56 disclose a series of 4-(amino)substituted lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-5- carboxylic acid derivatives, including ethyl 4-cyclopentylamino- 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazolo [3,4- b]pyridine-5-carboxylate, and their affinities and antagonist activities at Aj- and A2A"aclenosine receptors, and the latter paper discloses their affinities at various binding sites of the GAB A^- receptor channel. S. Schenone et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2001, 11, 2529-2531, and F. Bondavalli et al., J. Med. Chem., 2002, 45(22), pp. 4875-4887 disclose a series of 4-amino- 1 -(2- chloro-2-phenylethyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid ethyl esters as Aj -adenosine receptor ligands.
WO 02/060900 A2 appears to disclose, as MCP- 1 antagonists for treatment of allergic, inflammatory or autoimmune disorders or diseases, a series of bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with a -C(O)-NR4-C(O)-NR5R6 substituent, including isoxazolo[5,4-b]pyridines and lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines (named as pyrazolo[5,4-b]pyridines) with the
-C(O)-NR4-C(O)-NR5R6 group as the 5-substituent and optionally substituted at the 1-, 3-, 4-, and/or 6-positions. Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with a -C(O)NΗ2 substituent instead of the
-C(O)-NR4-C(O)-NR5R6 substituent are alleged to be disclosed in WO 02/060900 as intermediates in the synthesis of the -C(O)-NR4-C(O)-NR5R6 substituted compounds. See also WO 02/081463 Al for similar MCP- 1 antagonists.
WO 00/15222 (Bristol-Myers Squibb) discloses inter alia pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines having inter alia a C(O)-Xj group at the 5-position and a group Ej at the 4-position of the ring system.
Amongst other things, Xj can for example be -OR9, -N(Rg)(Rj Q) or -N(R5)(-A2-R2), and Ej can for example be -NH-Aj -eye loalkyl, -NH-Aj -substituted cycloalkyl, or -NH-Aj -heterocyclo; wherein Aj is an alkylene or substituted alkylene bridge of 1 to 10 carbons and A2 can for example be a direct bond or an alkylene or substituted alkylene bridge of 1 to 10 carbons. The compounds are disclosed as being useful as inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase, especially PDE type V, and in the treatment of various cGMP-associated conditions such as erectile dysfunction. H. de Mello, A. Echevarria, et al., J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47(22), 5427-5432, discloses 3- methyl or 3-phenyl 4-anilino-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine 5-carboxylic esters as potential anti- Leishmania drugs.
WO 2004/056823 Al (PCT/EP2003/014867, filed on 19 December 2003, published on 8 July 2004, Glaxo Group Limited), and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety as though fully set forth, discloses and claims pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds or salts thereof with a A-
NRyRya group (R^a is preferably H) and with a group Het at the 5-position of the pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine, wherein Het is usually a 5-membered optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
WO 2004/056823 Al also discloses the use of these compounds as PDE4 inhibitors and for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inter alia COPD, asthma or allergic rhinitis.
WO 2004/024728 A2 (PCT/EP2003/011814, filed on 12 September 2003, published on 25 March 2004, Glaxo Group Limited), discloses pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine having the following generic formula.
Figure imgf000008_0001
In WO 2004/024728 A2, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds are disclosed as being inhibitors of PDE4. WO 2004/024728 and WO 2004/056823 are noted in Expert Opin. Ther. Patents, 2005 (January edition), 15(1), 111-114.
WO 2005/058892 Al (PCT/EP2004/014490, filed on 17 December 2004, published on 30 June 2005, Glaxo Group Limited), discloses pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds for use as PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammatory or allergic diseases such as COPD, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis or atopic dermatitis.
Further pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds and their use as PDE4 inhibitors, are disclosed in patent applications WO 2005/090353 Al (PCT/GB2005/000976), WO 2005/090348 Al (PCT/GB2005/000983), WO 2005/090354 Al (PCT/GB2005/000987), and WO 2005/090352 Al (PCT/EP2005/003038) (all Glaxo Group Limited). PCT/EP2005/003038, PCT/GB2005/000987 and PCT/GB2005/000983, were all filed 15 March 2005.
WO 03/087064 is directed to compounds having both antagonism of the M3 muscarinic receptor and inhibition of PDE4, having the formula:
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein, inter alia, Y is -NH-R2 or
Figure imgf000009_0001
. Two subsequent papers describe in vitro profiles of the lead compounds and in vivo activity after intranasal dosing. Provins, L., et al., Bioogranic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 16: 1834-1839 (2006), and Provins, L. et al., Bioogranic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 17:3007-3080 (2007). Although promising the data demonstrates that the compounds do not display the in vitro profile that will deliver an in vivo profile displayed by compounds optimized for each molecular target.
Therefore, there is still a need for compounds which contain both the strength and benefit of a combination of PDE4 inhibitory activity and the muscarinic antagonist activity for the treatment of and/or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, or inflammatory or allergic diseases such as rhinitis (e.g. allergic rhinitis), atopic dermatitis or psoriasis. The present invention is directed to the novel concept of providing a dual pharmacophore which has both activities.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides for the novel compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Compounds of formula (I) are represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000009_0002
wherein
R4ais hydrogen or C 1-2 alkyl;
R5ais hydrogen or Cl .4 alkyl; n is an integer having a value of 1, 2 or 3; v is 0 to 4;
RI is selected from the group consisting of C^alkyl, -CH2-C 1 ^fluoroalkyl, and -CH2CH2OH; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cj _4alkyl, Cj _2fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and (cyclopropyl)methyl-;
R^ is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted Czj.γcycloalkyl, an optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) and (cc), and a bicyclic group of sub-formula (dd), and (ee);
Figure imgf000010_0001
(aa) (bb) cc (dd)
Figure imgf000010_0002
and <ee) ; nl is 1 or 2; n2 is 1 or 2; Y is O, S, SO2, or NR10a;
R10a is hydrogen, methyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C j fluoroalkyl;
Y1, Y2 and Y3 are independently CH2 or oxygen, provided that no more than one of Y1, Y2 and
Y are oxygen; and wherein when R^ is C/j.γcycloalkyl it is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one or two substituents independently selected from oxo (=0); OH; methoxy; Cjfluoroalkoxy; NH2;
Cj.2alkyl; C1 fluoroalkyl; -CH2OH; -CH(Me)OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -C(O)OH;
-C(O)NHR24 wherein R24 is H or methyl; -C(O)methyl; fluoro; hydroxyimino (=N-0H); or (Ci_2alkoxy)imino (=N-OR26 where R26 is Cj^alkyl); and wherein any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy or NH2 substituent is not bonded to the R.3 ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I); and any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy, -CH2OH, -CH(Me)OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NH2, or -C(O)OH substituent on a ring carbon of the Czj.γcycloalkyl is at the 3 -position of a R^ cyclobutyl ring; or at the
3- or 4- position of a R^ cyclopentyl ring; or at the 3-, 4- or 5- position of a R^ cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, A-, 5- or 6- position of a R^ cycloheptyl ring; and if the Czj.γcycloalkyl is substituted by -C(O)NHR24 or -C(O)methyl substituent on a ring carbon it is at the 3 -position of the R^ cyclobutyl ring; or at the 3- or 4- position of the R^ cyclopentyl ring; or at the 4-position of a R^ cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, A-, 5- or 6- position of a R^ cycloheptyl ring (wherein, in this connection, the 1 -position of the
R^ cycloalkyl ring is deemed to be the connection point to the -NH- in formula (I), that is the ring atom connecting to the -NH- in formula (I)); and wherein, when R^ is the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or
(cc), then R^ is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or (cc) optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one or two oxo (=0) substituents; and wherein, when R^ is optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, then the cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one substituent being fluoro or methyl, and the R^ ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I) does not partake in the cycloalkenyl double bond; Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl and an optionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; Rg is NRγRg, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (11), (mm) or (nn):
Figure imgf000011_0001
R-6 is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens, l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl; or 8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj -2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj -2alkyl, and C(O) Cj-2alkyl; R9a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj^alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj-2alkyl, and C(O)C j-2alkyl;
Rd is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, amino, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
Cj-2alkyl, =0, C(O)C j-2alkyl, OC(O)Ri7, and C(O)N(RjO)2; Ri5 and Ri6 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C j -4 alkyl;
Ri7 is selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of optionally substituted C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCj-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj^alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC j^alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj-4alkyl;
Ra is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl-Cj-4alkyl, C J .4 alkoxy, NRi5Ri6C J -4alkyl, S(0)qCj-4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C j -4 alkyl, C(O)N(R Jo)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC J .4 alkyl; RaI is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3.7 cycloalkylCj-4 alkyl, C J .4 alkoxy, NRi5Ri6, NRi5Ri6C J -4alkyl, S(O)qCj. 4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, OC(O)Ri7, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylCi-4 alkyl; Rb is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C I -4 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-η cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-η cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, Q-4 alkoxy, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi_4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C I -4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC I -4 alkyl;
RbI is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(O)qCi- 4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl;
Rc is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; Re and Rf are each independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen and C I -4 alkyl;
RlO is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;
Rl 3a is hydrogen, or Ci -2 alkyl; Rl 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl hydrogen, C\- 2 alkyl, -CH2OH, -CH(CH3)OH, -CH2CH2OH, OH, and =0;
X is (C(Ri 3))p, or (CR6Re)81- X2-(CRfRf)s2 ;
X2 is NRi 3a, O, S(0)m, or C(O); m is O, 1, or 2; p is 1 or 2; q is O, 1 or 2; s is O, 1 or 2; si is O to 2; s2 is 0 to 2, provided that when Rβ is a heterocyclic group of the subformulas (ff), (ii), (jj) and (11), and X2 is NRi3a, O, or S(0)m and m is 0 or 1, then s2 is 1 or 2, or X is (CH(Ri 3 ))p; t is 1 to 4; tl is 0 to 4; R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl;
R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C 1.4 alkyl;
R8 is (CRdlRdl)t - NRi 1R12 or (CRdI RdI )ti - RuJ
RdI is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclic;
Ri4 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, and optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety; and Rl 1 and Ri 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. This invention provides for a method of treating both a muscarinic acetylcholine receptor (mAChR) mediated disease, wherein acetylcholine binds to an M3 mAChR and a phosphodiesterase type IV (PDE4) mediated disease, whereby the compound also binds to the PDE4 isotype, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a mammal in need thereof. One use of compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of an inflammatory and/or allergic disease in a mammal.
One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via an inhaled route of administration.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Compounds of the present invention provide for a single compound which has the attributes of each pharmacophore optimized for each molecular target in a balanced fashion. This resulting in vivo profile allows for efficacy and duration of action at both targets, inhibition of PDE4 and antagonism of the mAChR, in a defined dose range. It is now possible to produce a compound which is developable to treat at least two aspects of complex disease etiology, for example bronchoconstriction and inflammation found in diseases such as COPD and asthma.
The present invention is directed to a concept of having dual pharmacophores in one molecule that retains potency across both pharmacological groups. Another aspect of the invention is that in addition to retaining dual pharmacological activity the compounds are developable for commercial activities.
In one embodiment of the invention the compound may be administered to a mammal in needed thereof, suitably one to four times daily, and preferably either a once or a twice daily treatment. Suitably, the compound is administered topically or by inhalation (via nose or mouth) for use in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a disease for which either pharmacophore has previously been associated with treatment of a PDE4 or an M3 mediated disease. Generally this will be an inflammatory and/or allergic disease, such as the treatment of COPD, asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, rhinitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, allergic conjunctivitis, psoriasis, ulcerative colitis, or Crohn's disease. One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via an inhaled route of administration.
One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via an intranasal route of administration.
One or more specific compounds within the presently invented compounds may be suitable for use as dual PDE4/mAChR inhibitors via a topical route of administration.
In compounds of formula (I), R^ is suitably selected from Cj_3alkyl, -CH2-C1 _2fluoroalkyl, or -CH2CH2OH. In one embodiment of the invention, RMs suitably selected from Cj _3alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, or isopropyl. In another embodiment R^ is ethyl. Suitably, R^ is hydrogen, C j _4alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or n-butyl, a Cj _2fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or (cyclopropyl)methyl-. In one embodiment of the invention, R^ is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or n-butyl. In another embodiment of the invention, R^ is ethyl.
Suitably, R^ is optionally substituted Czj.γcycloalkyl, or optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub- formula (aa), (bb) or (cc), or a bicyclic group of sub-formula (dd), or (ee);
Figure imgf000016_0001
(aa) (bb) (CC) (dd) or
Figure imgf000016_0002
(ee)
Suitably, n^ and n2 are independently 1 or 2. Suitably, Y is O, S, SO2, or NRlOa Jn one embodiment of the invention Y is O.
Suitably, R1Oa is a hydrogen atom (H), methyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C jfluoroalkyl.
Suitably, Y1, Y2 and Y3 are each independently selected from CH2 or oxygen, provided that no more than one of Y1, Y2 and Y3 are oxygen. When R^ is an optionally substituted Czj.γcycloalkyl, then the Czj.γcycloalkyl ring is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one or two substituents independently selected from 0x0 (=0); OH; methoxy; Ci fluoroalkoxy; NH2; Ci _2alkyl; C 1 fluoroalkyl; -CH2OH;
-CH(Me)OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -C(O)OH; -C(O)NHR24 wherein R24 is H or methyl;
-C(O)methyl; fluoro; hydroxyimino (=N-0H); or (C j _2alkoxy)imino (=N-0R2^ where R2^ is Cj _2alkyl); and wherein any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy OrNH2 substituent is not bonded to the
R^ ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I).
When R^ is the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or (cc), then R^ is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or (cc) optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one or two oxo (=0) substituents. When R^ is optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, then the cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one substituent being fluoro or methyl, and the R-^ ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I) does not partake in the cycloalkenyl double bond. In one embodiment of the invention when Ry is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa) and Y is NR10, then R10 is not C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C jfluoroalkyl; and when R3 is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (bb) and Y is NRI O, then RIO is not methyl; and when R3 is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (cc), then Y is O, S, SO2 or NR^ wherein R^ is H or methyl. When R3 is optionally substituted Czμγcycloalkyl, then any -C(O)NHR24 or -C(O)R25 substituent on a ring carbon is: at the 3-position of a R3 cyclobutyl ring; or at the 3- or 4- position of a R3 cyclopentyl ring; or at the 4-position of a R3 cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, A-, 5- or 6- position of a R3 cycloheptyl ring wherein, in this connection, the 1 -position of the R3 cycloalkyl ring is deemed to be the connection point to the -NH- in formula (I), that is the ring atom connecting to the -NH- in formula (I).
When R3 is optionally substituted Czj.γcycloalkyl, then any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy, -CH2OH, -CH(Me)OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NH2, or -C(O)OH substituent on a ring carbon is: at the 3-position of a R3 cyclobutyl ring; or at the 3- or 4- position of a R3 cyclopentyl ring; or at the
3-, 4- or 5- position of a R3 cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, 4-, 5- or 6- position of a R3 cycloheptyl ring.
In one embodiment of the invention, R3 is the sub-formula (bb) and (cc). In another embodiment of the invention R3 is the sub-formula (bb) and (cc), and nl and n2 independently are 1 or 2. In another embodiment, Y is O, and nl and n2 are 1.
In one embodiment of the invention, R3 is the sub-formula (bb). In another embodiment R3 is the sub-formula (bb), and Y is O. In yet another embodiment R3 is the sub-formula (bb), Y is O, and nl is 1.
Suitably, R43 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl. In one embodiment of the invention R43 is hydrogen or methyl. In another embodiment of the invention R43 is hydrogen.
Suitably, R5a is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl. In one embodiment of the invention R5a is hydrogen.
Suitably, v is O to 5. In one embodiment, v is O or 1. In another embodiment v is 1 and R5a is hydrogen.
Suitably, Ari and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl and an optionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In one embodiment, Ari and Ar2 are independently selected from an optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment both Ari and Ar2 are independently selected from an optionally substituted phenyl. Ari and Ar2 are independently substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, at each occurrence by halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; cyano; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted Ci-4alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; S(O)m' Ci-IO alkyl, wherein m' is 0, 1 or 2, such as methyl thio, methyl sulfmyl or methyl sulfonyl; amino, a mono or di-substituted Ci-2alkyl amino; Ci-4alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl; C2-4alkyl alkenyl, such as ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl, or 2-methyl- 1 -propenyl; or a halosubstituted C I -4 alkyl, such CH2F, CH2CH2F, or CF3. In one embodiment of the invention the optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano. In another embodiment the optional substituents are independently selected from fluorine, chlorine, methyl, methoxy or cyano. Examples of suitable heteroaryl rings for Ari and Ar2 include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and triazinyl. In one embodiment of the invention the heteroaryl ring is a pyridine.
In one embodiment of the invention, Ari and Ar2 are both independently selected from an optionally substituted aryl, preferably an optionally substituted phenyl. In one embodiment of the invention both Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from optionally substituted phenyls In one embodiment of the invention, the Ar2 ring is phenyl. In one embodiment of the invention, the ArI ring is a heteroaryl ring. In another embodiment the ArI ring is a pyridine ring. In another embodiment of the invention, the ArI ring is a phenyl optionally substituted one or more times independently by halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano. In another embodiment the ArI ring is a phenyl optionally substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine, methyl, methoxy or cyano.
In another embodiment of the invention, the Ar2 ring is phenyl, and the ArI ring is a phenyl optionally substituted one or more times independently by halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano.
For purposes herein the ring position numbering on the Ari moiety, when Ari is a phenyl ring, is as shown below:
Figure imgf000018_0001
5
In one embodiment the Ari ring is mono-substituted in the 5- or in the 6-position. In another embodiment if the Ari ring is di-substituted it is substituted in both the 5 and 6-position. In one embodiment, the Ari ring is an optionally substituted phenyl ring. In another embodiment the phenyl ring is substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 2 times, by halogen, cyano, or C I -4 alkoxy. In another embodiment, the Ari ring is a phenyl, or an optionally substituted phenyl in the 6-position, such as by fluorine, or methoxy.
Suitably, Rβ is NRγRg, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (ll), (mm) or (nn):
Figure imgf000019_0001
R6 is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens.
Suitably, when Rβ is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens the rings include variations of the ring nitrogen positions from subformulas (ff) to (nn). For instance, in formula (ff) the nitrogens are at the 1-4 position, other options include 1-3, or 1-2 nitrogens with similarly substituted Ra, Rb, RbI, R9, etc. substituents. Some of these exemplified ring systems are shown below:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Suitably s is 0, or is an integer having a value of 1 or 2. In one embodiment of the invention s is 1 or 2. In another embodiment of the invention s is 1.
In one embodiment of the invention, Rβ is a heterocyclic group of the sub formula (ft), and s is 1 or 2. In another embodiment, Rβ is a heterocyclic group of the sub formula (ft), s is 1 or 2, and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, or methyl.
In another embodiment, Rβ is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (jj). Suitably, R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C j -4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention R7 is hydrogen or methyl.
Suitably, R8 is (CRdI RdI )t - NR11R12 or (CRdI RdI )ti - Ri4-
Suitably, RdI is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cj -4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic.
Suitably, t is 1 to 4. In one embodiment, t is 1 or 2.
Suitably, tl is 0 to 4. In one embodiment, tl is 0, or 1. In another embodiment, tl is 0. Suitably, Ri 1 and Ri 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl. Suitably, R14 is selected from Cl .4 alkyl, C3-C5 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety. When RM is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ft), (ii), (jj), (11), (mm) and (nn), then tl is other than 0.
Suitably, when RM is a heteroaryl it is a monocyclic five- to seven- membered unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; or a fused C8-C12 aromatic ring comprising at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, uracil, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, and phthalazinyl. In one embodiment when R14 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl it is selected from an optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionally substituted pyridinyl, or an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl. Suitably, when R14 is a heterocyclic it is a C3-C7 monocyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur or oxidized sulphur moieties, such as S(0)m, and m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2, or the heterocyclic is a fused, C8-C12 saturated or partially unsaturated ring system wherein one of the rings may be aromatic, or heteroaromatic. Each of the fused rings may have from four to seven ring atoms. Examples of suitable heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, the saturated or partially saturated versions of the heteroaryl moieties as defined above, such as tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), azepine, diazepine, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo- 1 -pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-l- pyrrolidinyl, l,3-benzdioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety). In one embodiment when R14 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring, the ring is an optionally substituted piperidinyl, piperazinyl, optionally substituted oxohexahydro-lH-azepine, or an optionally substituted 3'-[(l-Azabicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-3- yi.
In one embodiment when R14 is a C3-C5 cycloalkyl it is suitably selected from cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In another embodiment when R14 is a Cl .4 alkyl it is ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, or t-butyl.
Suitably, Rd is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and an optionally substituted heterocyclic moiety. When Rd is an optionally substituted moiety, excluding hydrogen, the moiety may be substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine, or a C 1 -2alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention Rd is independently hydrogen or methyl.
Suitably, R9 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi^alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj^alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj-2alkyl, or C(O) Cj^alkyl. When R9 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, the alkyl is substituted one or more times, suitably 1 or 2 times independently by halogen, hydroxy, N R45R16, C 1-4 alkoxy, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention, R9 is hydrogen or methyl. Suitably, R9a is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi^alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj^alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Ci"2alkyl, C(O)C 1 -2alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention, R9a is hydrogen or optionally substituted Cl .3 alkyl.
Suitably, Ra is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC 1.4 alkyl, C 1.4 alkoxy, NR15R16C 1 -4alkyl, S(O)qC 1.4 alkyl, =0, - CH(O), C(O)2Ci-4 alkyl, OC(O)Ci_4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylCi-4 alkyl. In one embodiment, Ra is independently hydrogen, or methyl. Suitably, Rai is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, - CH(O), C(O)2Ci-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylCi-4 alkyl. In one embodiment, Ra is independently hydrogen, or methyl.
Suitably, Rb is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi_4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2Ci_4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylCi-4 alkyl;
In one embodiment of the invention, Rb is independently selected from hydrogen or methyl. Suitably, Rb 1 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, - CH(O), C(O)2Ci-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylCi-4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention, Rtøl is independently selected from hydrogen or methyl. Suitably, Rd is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, hydroxy, optionally substituted Cl -6 alkyl, amino, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC i -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Ci-2alkyl, =0, C(O)C i-2alkyl, OC(O)Ri7, or C(O)N(RiO)2. When Rd is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, the alkyl is substituted one or more times, suitably 1 or 2 times independently by halogen, hydroxy, NRi5Ri6, C 1-4 alkoxy, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention, R^ is hydrogen or methyl.
Suitably, Rc is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
Suitably, RlO is independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
Suitably, Ri5 and Ri6 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention Ri5 and Ri6 are hydrogen or methyl. Suitably, Ri7 is selected from optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi^alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC i"4alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Ci-4alkyl. Suitably, X is (C(Ri 3))p, or (CR6Re)8I- X2-(CRfRf)s2 .
Suitably, X2 is NRi 3a, O, S(0)m, or C(O).
Suitably, R13 is selected from hydrogen, C\-2 alkyl, -CH2OH, -CH(CH3)OH, -CH2CH2OH, OH, or =0. In one embodiment of the invention R13 is hydrogen.
Suitably, Rl3a is selected from hydrogen, Ci-2 alkyl. In one embodiment of the invention Ri 3 is hydrogen.
Suitably, si is O to 2. In one embodiment of the invention si is O.
Suitably, s2 is O to 2. However, when Rβ is a heterocyclic group of the sub formulas (ff), (ii), (jj) and (11), and X2 is NRi3a, O, or S(0)m (and m is O or 1) then s2 is 1 or 2, or X is the group (CH(Ri3))p. Suitably, p is 1 or 2.
Suitably, q is O, 1 or 2.
Suitably, n is 1, 2 or 3.
Suitably, n3 is 1 to 3. Suitably, m is 0, 1, or 2.
Suitably, R4 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cj _4alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl Cj ^alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj_4alkyl, optionally substituted C24 alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryl Cj_4alkyl optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj.4alkyl.
In one embodiment R5 is hydrogen, and n is 1. In one embodiment R4 is hydrogen, or Cj_4alkyl. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 are both hydrogen, and n is 1.
Compounds of Formula (Ia), a subset of Formula (I) are represented by the structure:
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein
R1 is Cj.4alkyl;
R2 is a Cj.4alkyl;
R3 is a morpholino;
Z2 and Z3 are independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano and Cj_4alkoxy; n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2; v is 0 to 4;
R4ais hydrogen or C J -2 alkyl;
R-5ais hydrogen or C J .4 alkyl;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl C J .4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj .4 alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC J .4 alkyl optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl C J .4 alkyl;
R6 is NR7R8, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (11), (mm) or (nn):
Figure imgf000025_0001
Ra RaRbRb<
Figure imgf000025_0002
Rg is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj -2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj -2alkyl, and C(O) Cj^alkyl; R9a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj^alkyl, and C(O)C j^alkyl;
Rd is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, amino, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj-2alkyl, =0, C(O)C j-2alkyl, OC(O)Ri7, and C(O)N(RjO)2;
Ri5 and Ri6 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C J .4 alkyl; Ri7 is selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj -4alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclicCi^alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj -4alkyl;
Ra is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C I -4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl-Ci-4alkyl, C\ .4 alkoxy, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(O)qCi_4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1.4 alkyl; Ral is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(O)qCi- 4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl; Rb is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, Q-4 alkoxy, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi_4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1.4 alkyl; RbI is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(O)qCi- 4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1.4 alkyl; Rc is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; RlO is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; q is 0, 1 or 2; t is 1 to 4; tl is 0 to 4;
R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl;
R8 is (CRdlRdl)t - NRi 1R12 or (CRdlRdl)ti - Ri4;
RdI is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclic; or
Ri4 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, C3-C5 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, and optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety; Rl 1 and Ri 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. It is to be understood that the present invention covers all combinations of particular and preferred groups described hereinabove. It is also to be understood that the present invention encompasses compounds in which a particular group or parameter, e.g. S(0)m, etc. may occur more than once. In such compounds it will be appreciated that each group or parameter is independently selected from the values listed. When any variable occurs more than one time in a formula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
Particular compounds according to the invention include those mentioned in the examples and their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means a compound which is suitable for pharmaceutical and veterinary usage. Salts and solvates of compounds of the invention which are suitable for use in medicine are those wherein the counter- ion or associated solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts and solvates having non-pharmaceutically acceptable counter- ions or associated solvents are within the scope of the present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in the preparation of other compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative", means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug e.g. ester, of a compound of the invention, which upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of the invention, or an active metabolite or residue thereof. Such derivatives are recognizable to those skilled in the art, without undue experimentation. Nevertheless, reference is made to the teaching of Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 5th Edition, Vol. 1 : Principles and Practice, which is incorporated herein by reference to the extent of teaching such derivatives. In one embodiment pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates, esters, carbamates and phosphate esters. In another embodiment pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates and esters. In yet another embodiment of the invention pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts and esters, in particular salts.
The compounds of the present invention may be in the form of and/or may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. For a review on suitable salts see Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19.
Typically, a pharmaceutical acceptable salt may be readily prepared by using a desired acid or base as appropriate. The salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
Salts of the compounds of the present invention may, for example, comprise acid addition salts resulting from reaction of an acid with a nitrogen atom present in a compound of formula (I). Salts encompassed within the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention. Suitable addition salts are formed from acids which form nontoxic salts and examples are acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, ethanesulphonate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydrogen phosphate, hydroiodide, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, monopotassium maleate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N- methylglucamine, oxalate, oxaloacetate, pamoate (embonate) and Palmitate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, piruvate, polygalacturonate, saccharate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulphate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide, trifluoroacetate and valerate.
Pharmaceutically acceptable base salts include ammonium salts such as a trimethylammonium salt, alkali metal salts such as those of sodium and potassium, alkaline earth metal salts such as those of calcium and magnesium and salts with organic bases, including salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexyl amine and N-methyl-D-glucamine.
Those skilled in the art of organic chemistry will appreciate that many organic compounds can form complexes with solvents in which they are reacted or from which they are precipitated or crystallized. These complexes are known as "solvates". As used herein, the term "solvate" refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry formed by a solute (in this invention, a compound of Formula (I), or a salt thereof) and a solvent. Such solvents for the purpose of the invention may not interfere with the biological activity of the solute. Examples of suitable solvents include water, methanol, ethanol and acetic acid. Preferably the solvent used is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent. Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents include water, ethanol and acetic acid. Most preferably the solvent used is water. A complex with water is known as a "hydrate". Solvates of the compound of the invention are within the scope of the invention. As used herein, the term "prodrug" means a compound which is converted within the body, e.g. by hydrolysis in the blood, into its active form that has medical effects. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are described in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987; and in D. Fleisher, S. Ramon and H. Barbra "Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs", Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews (1996) 19(2) 115-130, each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Prodrugs are any covalently bonded carriers that release a compound of formula (I) in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a patient. Prodrugs are generally prepared by modifying functional groups in a way such that the modification is cleaved, either by routine manipulation or in vivo, yielding the parent compound. Prodrugs include, for example, compounds of this invention wherein hydroxy or amine groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a patient, cleaves to form the hydroxy or amine groups. Thus, representative examples of prodrugs include (but are not limited to) acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups of the compounds of formula (I). Further, in the case of a carboxylic acid (-
COOH), esters may be employed, such as methyl esters, ethyl esters, and the like. Esters may be active in their own right and /or be hydrolysable under in vivo conditions in the human body. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable in vivo hydrolysable ester groups include those which break down readily in the human body to leave the parent acid or its salt. As used herein, "optionally substituted" unless specifically defined shall mean such groups as halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted Ci-i()alkyl; Ci-IO alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; halosubstituted Ci-IO alkoxy; S(0)m alkyl, such as methyl thio, methylsulfmyl or methyl sulfonyl; a ketone (-C(O)), or an aldehyde (-C(O)Rg'), such as C(O)Ci-IQ alkyl or C(O)aryl, wherein Rg' is hydrogen, Ci-IO alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl Ci-I Oalkyl, aryl, arylC 1.10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC 1.10 alkyl (and wherein the Rg' moieties, excluding hydrogen, may themselves be optionally substituted 1 or 2 times, independently by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted alkyl; C 1.4 alkoxy; S(0)mCi_4 alkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted Ci_4 alkyl amino; Ci_4 alkyl, or CF3); C(O)ORg'; NR4'Ri4', wherein R4' and R 14' are each independently hydrogen or C 1.4 alkyl, such as amino or mono or - disubstituted Cj.4 alkyl or wherein the R^Rj 4' can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from O/N/S; Ci-io alkyl, C3_7cycloalkyl, or C3_7cycloalkyl Ci-IO alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, etc. or cyclopropyl methyl; halosubstituted Ci-IO alkyl, such CF2CF2H, or CF3; an optionally substituted aryl, such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted arylalkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl, wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy; S(O)m C 1,4 alkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted C 1.4 alkyl amino; C 1.4 alkyl, or
CF3. The term "halo" or "halogens" is used herein to mean the halogens, chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo.
As used herein, the term "Ci_ioalkyl" or "alkyl" or "alkyl i_io" is used herein to mean both straight and branched hydrocarbon chain containing the specified number of carbon atoms, e.g. Ci_ioalkyl means a straight of branched alkyl chain of at least 1, and at most 10, carbon atoms, unless the chain length is otherwise limited. Examples of "alkyl" as used herein include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec -butyl, tert- butyl or t-butyl and hexyl and the like.
As used herein, the term "alkenyl" refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chains containing the specified number of carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond. For example, C2_6alkenyl means a straight or branched alkenyl containing at least 2, and at most 6, carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond. Examples of "alkenyl" as used herein include, but are not limited to ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 3- methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, 3-hexenyl, l,l-dimethylbut-2-enyl and the like.
As used herein, the term "alkoxy" refers to straight or branched chain alkoxy groups containing the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, Ci.^alkoxy means a straight or branched alkoxy containing at least 1, and at most 6, carbon atoms. Examples of "alkoxy" as used herein include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, prop-2-oxy, butoxy, but-2-oxy, 2- methylprop- 1 -oxy, 2-methylprop-2-oxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy.
As used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms. For example, C3_7cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic ring containing at least three, and at most seven, ring carbon atoms. Representative examples of "cycloalkyl" as used herein include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl and the like. The term "cycloalkenyl" is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms preferably of 5 to 7 carbons, which have at least one bond including but not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like. The term "alkenyl" is used herein at all occurrences to mean straight or branched chain radical of 2- 10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, including, but not limited to ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2 -methyl- 1 -propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like. The term "aryl" is used herein to mean phenyl, naphthyl, and indene. The terms "heteroaryl ring", "heteroaryl moiety", and "heteroaryl" are used herein to mean a monocyclic five- to seven- membered unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and uracil. The terms "heteroaryl ring", "heteroaryl moiety", and "heteroaryl" shall also used herein to refer to fused aromatic rings comprising at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Each of the fused rings may contain five or six ring atoms. Examples of fused aromatic rings include, but are not limited to, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, and phthalazinyl.
The terms "heterocyclic rings", "heterocyclic moieties", and "heterocyclyl" is used herein to mean a monocyclic three- to seven-membered saturated or non-aromatic, unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur or oxidized sulphur moieties, such as S(0)m, and m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2. The terms "heterocyclic rings", "heterocyclic moieties", and "heterocyclyl" shall also refer to fused rings, saturated or partially unsaturated, and wherein one of the rings may be aromatic, or heteroaromatic. Each of the fused rings may have from four to seven ring atoms. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, the saturated or partially saturated versions of the heteroaryl moieties as defined above, such as tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), azepine, diazepine, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo- 1 -pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-l-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3- benzdioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety). The term "arylalkyl" or "heteroarylalkyl", "heterocyclicalkyl" or "cycloalkylalkyl" as used herein means a C I -4 alkyl (as defined above) attached to an aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic or cycloalkyl moiety (as also defined above) unless otherwise indicated.
The term "sulfinyl" is used herein to mean the oxide S(O) of the corresponding sulfide, the term "thio" refers to the sulfide, and the term "sulfonyl" refers to the fully oxidized S (0)2 moiety.
The term "aroyl" is used herein to mean C(O)Ar, wherein Ar is as phenyl, naphthyl, or aryl alkyl derivative such as defined above, such group include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl.
The term "alkanoyl" is used herein to mean C(O)Ci-IO alkyl wherein the alkyl is as defined above.
As used herein, the term "optionally" means that the subsequently described event(s) may or may not occur, and includes both event(s) which occur and events that do not occur.
As used herein, the term "substituted" refers to substitution with the named substituent or substituents, multiple degrees of substitution being allowed unless otherwise stated. With regard to stereoisomers, the compounds of the Formulas herein may have one or more asymmetric carbon atom and may occur as racemates, racemic mixtures and as individual enantiomers or diastereomers. All such isomeric forms are included within the present invention, including mixtures thereof.
Cis (E) and trans (Z) isomerism may also occur. The present invention includes the individual stereoisomers of the compound of the invention and where appropriate, the individual tautomeric forms thereof, together with mixtures thereof.
Separation of diastereoisomers or cis and trans isomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. A stereoisomeric mixture of the agent may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms of the compounds of the Formulas herein may exist as polymorphs, which are included in the present invention. Exemplified compounds of the compounds of this invention include the racemates, or optically active forms of the compounds of the working examples herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The compounds of this invention may be made by a variety of methods, including standard chemistry. Any previously defined variable will continue to have the previously defined meaning unless otherwise indicated. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below and then specific compounds of the invention are prepared in the working Examples.
METHODS OF TREATMENT In order to use a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in therapy, it will normally be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice. This invention, therefore, also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and pharmaceutical compositions incorporating such may conveniently be administered by any of the routes conventionally used for drug administration, for instance, orally, topically, parenterally or by inhalation. The compounds of formula (I) may be administered in conventional dosage forms prepared by combining a compound of formula (I) with standard pharmaceutical carriers according to conventional procedures. The compounds of formula (I) may also be administered in conventional dosages in combination with a known, second therapeutically active compound. These procedures may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving the ingredients as appropriate to the desired preparation. It will be appreciated that the form and character of the pharmaceutically acceptable character or diluent is dictated by the amount of active ingredient with which it is to be combined, the route of administration and other well-known variables. The carrier(s) must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid. Exemplary of solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like. Exemplary of liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water and the like. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl mono-stearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax.
A wide variety of pharmaceutical forms can be employed. Thus, if a solid carrier is used, the preparation can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or in the form of a troche or lozenge. The amount of solid carrier will vary widely but preferably will be from about 25mg. to about Ig. When a liquid carrier is used, the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, sterile injectable liquid such as an ampule or nonaqueous liquid suspension.
Compounds of Formula (I) may be administered topically, that is by non-systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound of Formula (I) externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream. In contrast, systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
Drops according to the present invention may comprise sterile aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and preferably including a surface active agent. The resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-1000C. for half an hour. Alternatively, the solution may be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique. Examples of bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.01%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%). Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
Compounds of Formula (I) may be administered parenterally, that is by intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous intranasal, intrarectal, intravaginal or intraperitoneal administration. The subcutaneous and intramuscular forms of parenteral administration are generally preferred. Appropriate dosage forms for such administration may be prepared by conventional techniques. Compounds of Formula (I) may also be administered by inhalation, that is by intranasal and oral inhalation administration. Appropriate dosage forms for such administration, such as an aerosol formulation or a metered dose inhaler, may be prepared by conventional techniques. In one embodiment of the present invention, the agents of the present invention are delivered via oral inhalation or intranasal administration. Appropriate dosage forms for such administration, such as an aerosol formulation or a metered dose inhaler, may be prepared by conventional techniques.
For administration by inhalation the compounds may be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as tetrafluoroethane or heptafluoropropane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Dry powder compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may, for example, be presented in capsules and cartridges of for example gelatine or blisters of for example laminated aluminum foil, for use in an inhaler or insufflator. Powder blend formulations generally contain a powder mix for inhalation of the compound of the invention and a suitable powder base
(carrier/diluent/excipient substance) such as mono-, di- or poly-saccharides (e.g. lactose or starch). Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain between 20μg-10mg of the compound of formula (I) optionally in combination with another therapeutically active ingredient. Alternatively, the compound of the invention may be presented without excipients.
Suitably, the packing/medicament dispenser is of a type selected from the group consisting of a reservoir dry powder inhaler (RDPI), a multi-dose dry powder inhaler (MDPI), and a metered dose inhaler (MDI).
By reservoir dry powder inhaler (RDPI) it is meant an inhaler having a reservoir form pack suitable for comprising multiple (un-metered doses) of medicament in dry powder form and including means for metering medicament dose from the reservoir to a delivery position. The metering means may for example comprise a metering cup, which is movable from a first position where the cup may be filled with medicament from the reservoir to a second position where the metered medicament dose is made available to the patient for inhalation.
By multi-dose dry powder inhaler (MDPI) is meant an inhaler suitable for dispensing medicament in dry powder form, wherein the medicament is comprised within a multi-dose pack containing (or otherwise carrying) multiple, define doses (or parts thereof) of medicament. In a preferred aspect, the carrier has a blister pack form, but it could also, for example, comprise a capsule-based pack form or a carrier onto which medicament has been applied by any suitable process including printing, painting and vacuum occlusion.
In the case of multi-dose delivery, the formulation can be pre -metered (e.g. as in Diskus, see GB 2242134, US Patent Nos. 6,632,666, 5,860,419, 5,873,360 and 5,590,645 or Diskhaler, see GB 2178965, 2129691 and 2169265, US Patent No.s 4,778,054, 4,811,731, 5,035,237, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference) or metered in use (e.g. as in Turbuhaler, see EP 69715 or in the devices described in US Patents No. 6,321,747 the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference). An example of a unit-dose device is Rotahaler (see GB 2064336 and US Patent No. 4,353,656, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference).
The Diskus inhalation device comprises an elongate strip formed from a base sheet having a plurality of recesses spaced along its length and a lid sheet hermetically but peelably sealed thereto to define a plurality of containers, each container having therein an inhalable formulation containing a compound of Formula (I) preferably combined with lactose.
Preferably, the strip is sufficiently flexible to be wound into a roll. The lid sheet and base sheet will preferably have leading end portions which are not sealed to one another and at least one of the said leading end portions is constructed to be attached to a winding means. Also, preferably the hermetic seal between the base and lid sheets extends over their whole width. The lid sheet may preferably be peeled from the base sheet in a longitudinal direction from a first end of the said base sheet. In one aspect, the multi-dose pack is a blister pack comprising multiple blisters for containment of medicament in dry powder form. The blisters are typically arranged in regular fashion for ease of release of medicament there from.
In one aspect, the multi-dose blister pack comprises plural blisters arranged in generally circular fashion on a disc-form blister pack. In another aspect, the multi-dose blister pack is elongate in form, for example comprising a strip or a tape.
In one aspect, the multi-dose blister pack is defined between two members peelably secured to one another. US Patent No.'s 5,860,419; 5,873,360 and 5,590,645 describe medicament packs of this general type. In this aspect, the device is usually provided with an opening station comprising peeling means for peeling the members apart to access each medicament dose.
Suitably, the device is adapted for use where the peelable members are elongate sheets which define a plurality of medicament containers spaced along the length thereof, the device being provided with indexing means for indexing each container in turn. More preferably, the device is adapted for use where one of the sheets is a base sheet having a plurality of pockets therein, and the other of the sheets is a lid sheet, each pocket and the adjacent part of the lid sheet defining a respective one of the containers, the device comprising driving means for pulling the lid sheet and base sheet apart at the opening station.
By metered dose inhaler (MDI) it is meant a medicament dispenser suitable for dispensing medicament in aerosol form, wherein the medicament is comprised in an aerosol container suitable for containing a propellant-based aerosol medicament formulation. The aerosol container is typically provided with a metering valve, for example a slide valve, for release of the aerosol form medicament formulation to the patient. The aerosol container is generally designed to deliver a predetermined dose of medicament upon each actuation by means of the valve, which can be opened either by depressing the valve while the container is held stationary or by depressing the container while the valve is held stationary.
Where the medicament container is an aerosol container, the valve typically comprises a valve body having an inlet port through which a medicament aerosol formulation may enter said valve body, an outlet port through which the aerosol may exit the valve body and an open/close mechanism by means of which flow through said outlet port is controllable. The valve may be a slide valve wherein the open/close mechanism comprises a sealing ring and receivable by the sealing ring a valve stem having a dispensing passage, the valve stem being slidably movable within the ring from a valve-closed to a valve-open position in which the interior of the valve body is in communication with the exterior of the valve body via the dispensing passage. Typically, the valve is a metering valve. The metering volumes are typically from 10 to
100 μl, such as 25 μl, 50 μl or 63 μl. Suitably, the valve body defines a metering chamber for metering an amount of medicament formulation and an open/close mechanism by means of which the flow through the inlet port to the metering chamber is controllable. Preferably, the valve body has a sampling chamber in communication with the metering chamber via a second inlet port, said inlet port being controllable by means of an open/close mechanism thereby regulating the flow of medicament formulation into the metering chamber.
The valve may also comprise a 'free flow aerosol valve' having a chamber and a valve stem extending into the chamber and movable relative to the chamber between dispensing and non- dispensing positions. The valve stem has a configuration and the chamber has an internal configuration such that a metered volume is defined there between and such that during movement between is non-dispensing and dispensing positions the valve stem sequentially: (i) allows free flow of aerosol formulation into the chamber, (ii) defines a closed metered volume for pressurized aerosol formulation between the external surface of the valve stem and internal surface of the chamber, and (iii) moves with the closed metered volume within the chamber without decreasing the volume of the closed metered volume until the metered volume communicates with an outlet passage thereby allowing dispensing of the metered volume of pressurized aerosol formulation. A valve of this type is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,772,085. Additionally, intra-nasal delivery of the present compounds is effective.
To formulate an effective pharmaceutical nasal composition, the medicament must be delivered readily to all portions of the nasal cavities (the target tissues) where it performs its pharmacological function. Additionally, the medicament should remain in contact with the target tissues for relatively long periods of time. The longer the medicament remains in contact with the target tissues, the medicament must be capable of resisting those forces in the nasal passages that function to remove particles from the nose. Such forces, referred to as 'mucociliary clearance', are recognized as being extremely effective in removing particles from the nose in a rapid manner, for example, within 10-30 minutes from the time the particles enter the nose.
Other desired characteristics of a nasal composition are that it must not contain ingredients which cause the user discomfort, that it has satisfactory stability and shelf-life properties, and that it does not include constituents that are considered to be detrimental to the environment, for example ozone depletors. A suitable dosing regime for the formulation of the present invention when administered to the nose would be for the patient to inhale deeply subsequent to the nasal cavity being cleared. During inhalation the formulation would be applied to one nostril while the other is manually compressed. This procedure would then be repeated for the other nostril.
In one embodiment, the means for applying a formulation of the present invention to the nasal passages is by use of a pre-compression pump. Most preferably, the pre-compression pump will be a VP7 model manufactured by Valois SA. Such a pump is beneficial as it will ensure that the formulation is not released until a sufficient force has been applied, otherwise smaller doses may be applied. Another advantage of the pre-compression pump is that atomisation of the spray is ensured as it will not release the formulation until the threshold pressure for effectively atomising the spray has been achieved. Typically, the VP7 model may be used with a bottle capable of holding 10-50ml of a formulation. Each spray will typically deliver 50-100μl of such a formulation, therefore, the VP7 model is capable of providing at least 100 metered doses.
Spray compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may for example be formulated as aqueous solutions or suspensions or as aerosols delivered from pressurised packs, such as a metered dose inhaler, with the use of a suitable liquefied propellant. Aerosol compositions suitable for inhalation can be either a suspension or a solution and generally contain the compound of Formula (I) optionally in combination with another therapeutically active ingredient and a suitable propellant such as a fluorocarbon or hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon or mixtures thereof, particularly hydrofluoroalkanes, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetra-fluoroethane, especially 1,1,1,2- tetrafluoroethane, 1,1,1 ,2,3,3, 3-heptafluoro-n-propane or a mixture thereof. Carbon dioxide or other suitable gas may also be used as propellant. The aerosol composition may be excipient free or may optionally contain additional formulation excipients well known in the art such as surfactants, e.g., oleic acid or lecithin and cosolvents, e.g. ethanol. Pressurized formulations will generally be retained in a canister (e.g. an aluminum canister) closed with a valve (e.g. a metering valve) and fitted into an actuator provided with a mouthpiece.
Medicaments for administration by inhalation desirably have a controlled particle size. The optimum particle size for inhalation into the bronchial system is usually l-10μm, preferably 2- 5μm. Particles having a size above 20μm are generally too large when inhaled to reach the small airways. To achieve these particle sizes the particles of the active ingredient as produced may be size reduced by conventional means e.g., by micronization. The desired fraction may be separated out by air classification or sieving. Suitably, the particles will be crystalline in form. When an excipient such as lactose is employed, generally, the particle size of the excipient will be much greater than the inhaled medicament within the present invention. When the excipient is lactose it will typically be present as milled lactose, wherein not more than 85% of lactose particles will have a MMD of 60-90μm and not less than 15% will have a MMD of less than 15μm.
Intranasal sprays may be formulated with aqueous or non-aqueous vehicles with the addition of agents such as thickening agents, buffer salts or acid or alkali to adjust the pH, isotonicity adjusting agents or anti-oxidants.
Solutions for inhalation by nebulization may be formulated with an aqueous vehicle with the addition of agents such as acid or alkali, buffer salts, isotonicity adjusting agents or antimicrobials. They may be sterilised by filtration or heating in an autoclave, or presented as a non-sterile product.
For all methods of use disclosed herein for the compounds of Formula (I), the daily topical dosage regimen will preferably be from 0.01 mg to 1000 mg, administered one to four times daily. The daily inhalation dosage regimen will preferably be from about 0.05 microgram/kg to about 1 mg/kg per day, more preferably from about 0.2 microgram/kg to about 20 microgram/kg, administered in one or more daily doses. The daily intranasal dosage regimen will preferably be from about 0.05 microgram/kg to about 1 mg/kg per day, more preferably from about 0.2 microgram/kg to about 20 microgram/kg, administered in one or more daily doses. It will also be recognized by one of skill in the art that the optimal quantity and spacing of individual dosages of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof will be determined by the nature and extent of the condition being treated, the form, route and site of administration, and the particular patient being treated, and that such optimums can be determined by conventional techniques. It will also be appreciated by one of skill in the art that the optimal course of treatment, i.e., the number of doses of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof given per day for a defined number of days, can be ascertained by those skilled in the art using conventional course of treatment determination tests.
The novel compounds of Formula (I) may also be used in association with the veterinary treatment of mammals, other than humans, in need of antagonism of a muscarinic receptor or a PDE-IV enzyme. In particular, the treatment, therapeutically or prophylactically, in animals include disease states such as those noted herein in the Methods of Treatment section.
For use herein treatment may include prophylaxis. It may also include reducing the symptoms of, ameliorating the symptoms of, reducing the severity of, reducing the incidence of, or any other change in the condition of the patient, which improves the therapeutic outcome. It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents, or those for inhalation may include carriers, such as lactose.
The anticipated therapeutic activity for a dual pharmacophore antagonist of muscarinic receptors and an inhibitor of the PDE4 enzyme within a single molecule is both as a bronchodilator (provided by both muscarinic receptor antagonist activity and PDE4 inhibition) and as an antiinflammatory (by elevation of cytosolic levels of 3', 5' -cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) through inhibition of the PDE4 enzyme and by blockade other pro-inflammatory mechanisms mediated through muscarinic receptors on immune and resident cells) within the lungs. There is also a potential for further positive cooperatively as an anti-inflammatory through simultaneous interaction of downstream signaling pathways via modulation of both targets within the same cell. Muscarinic receptors are coupled to G-proteins (Mi, M3 & M5 via Gq/π and M2 & M4 via Gj/o) which can lead to activation of a number of intracellular targets and signaling cascades. For example, M2 and M4 receptors via d/o can decrease cellular adenylyl cyclase levels and increase MAP kinase activation whereas M1, M3 & M5 receptors via Gq/n can elevate phospholipase Cβ (PLCβ) and increase MAP kinase activation (Nathanson NM. A multiplicity of muscarinic mechanisms: enough signaling pathways to take your breathe away. Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA. 2000; 97:6245-6247. Lanzafame AA. Cellular signaling mechanisms for muscarinic acetylcholine receptors. Recept. Chann. 2003; 9:241-260).
There is a potential therefore to elevate intracellular levels of cAMP through inhibition of the PDE4 enzyme, the enzyme responsible for breaking down cAMP into 5'-AMP and by increasing adenylyl cyclase activity, the enzyme responsible for conversion of ATP into cAMP, via blockade of M2 receptors on immune cells, thus inhibiting acetylcholine signaling through d/o and therefore inhibiting decrease of adenylyl cyclase activity. Simultaneous activities of M2 receptor blockade and PDE4 inhibition at the same cell would therefore lead to elevation of intracellular cAMP by two independent mechanisms increasing the overall concentration of cAMP within the cell. Elevated levels of cyclic AMP has been shown to have anti-inflammatory activity in a range of immune cells including T-cells, macrophages and neutrophils as well as resident lung cells such as epithelial and airway smooth muscle cells. Elevated cAMP can also cause airway smooth muscle relaxation and may offer a further mechanism independent of M3 receptor blockade to initiate bronchodilation. For a full review of the potential therapeutic activities of PDE4 inhibitors in respiratory diseases see: Kroegel C & Foerster M. Phophodiesterase-4 inhibitors as a novel approach for the treatment of respiratory disease: cilomilast. Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs 2007; 16: 109-124. Dastidar SG. et ah, Therapeutic benefit of PDE4 inhibitors in inflammatory diseases. Curr. Opin. Investig. Drugs 2007; 8:364-372. Krymskaya VP & Panettieri PvA. Phosphodiesterases regulate airway smooth muscle function in health and disease Curr. Top. Dev. Biol. 2007; 79:61-74. Spina D. The potential of PDE4 inhibitors in respiratory disease. Curr. Drug Targets Inflamm. Allergy 2004; 3:231-236.
The disposition within the lungs of a single drug substance which acts at both muscarinic receptors and as a PDE4 inhibitor at the same cell offers the greatest opportunity for cooperative anti-inflammatory or bronchodilator activity through modulation of these independent targets. This approach offers a greater potential to maximize the interaction of these two independent mechanisms compared to co-administration of two pharmacophores directed against each target as co-disposition at the cells of the lungs cannot be guaranteed through the second approach. The novel single dual pharmacophore approach outlined here, therefore offers a significantly greater potential for co-disposition to cells of the lung compared to administration of two separate pharmacophores directed against each target. Further to this such a pharmacophore will also be more amenable to combination with existing or other novel inhaled therapies for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
Therefore, compounds and pharmaceutical formulations according to the invention may be used in combination with or include one or more other therapeutic agents, for example selected from anti-inflammatory agents, other selective anticholinergic agents (particularly an M1, M2, or Mi/M2 receptor antagonist), β2-adrenoreceptor agonists, antiinfective agents (e.g. antibiotics, antivirals), or antihistamines. The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof together with one or more other therapeutically active agents, for example selected from an anti-inflammatory agent (for example a corticosteroid or an NSAID), an anticholinergic agent, β2-adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiinfective agent (e.g. an antibiotic or an antiviral), or an antihistamine. One aspect of the present invention are combinations comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof together with a corticosteroid, and/or an anticholinergic, and/or a PDE-4 inhibitor. Preferred combinations are those comprising one or two other therapeutic agents.
It will be clear to a person skilled in the art that, where appropriate, the other therapeutic ingredient(s) may be used in the form of salts, (e.g. as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts), or prodrugs, or as esters (e.g. lower alkyl esters), or as solvates (e.g. hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability and/or physical characteristics (e.g. solubility) of the therapeutic ingredient. It will be clear also that where appropriate, the therapeutic ingredients may be used in optically pure form.
One suitable combination of the present invention comprises of compound of the invention together with a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist. Examples of β -adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (which may be a racemate or a single enantiomer, such as the R-enantiomer), salbutamol, formoterol, salmefamol, fenoterol or terbutaline and salts thereof, for example the xinafoate salt of salmeterol, the sulphate salt or free base of salbutamol or the fumarate salt of formoterol. Long-acting β -adrenoreceptor agonists are preferred, especially those having a therapeutic effect over a 24 hour period, such as salmeterol or formoterol. Suitable long acting β -adrenoreceptor agonists include those described in WO02/66422A,
WO02/270490, WO02/076933, WO03/024439, WO03/072539, WO 03/091204, WO04/016578, WO04/022547, WO04/037807, WO04/037773, WO04/037768, WO04/039762, WO04/039766, WOO 1/42193 and WO03/042160, whose disclosures are incorporated by reference herein.
Preferred long-acting β2-adrenoreceptor agonists are: 3-(4- {[6-({(2R)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino) hexyl] oxy } butyl)benzenesulfonamide; 3-(3- {[7-({(2R)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}- amino)heptyl] oxy} propyl)benzenesulfonamide;
4-{(lR)-2-[(6-{2-[(2,6-dichlorobenzyl)oxy]ethoxy}hexyl)amino]-l-hydroxyethyl}- 2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol;
4-{(lR)-2-[(6-{4-[3-(cyclopentylsulfonyl)phenyl]butoxy}hexyl)amino]-l- hydroxyethyl}-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol; N-[2-hydroxyl-5-[(lR)-l-hydroxy-2-[[2-4-[[(2R)-2-hydroxy-2- phenylethyl] amino]phenyl] ethyl] amino] ethyljphenyl] foramide, and N-2{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8- hydroxy-2(lH)-quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine.
Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include corticosteroids. Suitable corticosteroids which may be used in combination with the compounds of the invention are those oral and inhaled corticosteroids and their pro-drugs which have anti- inflammatory activity. Examples include methyl prednisolone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, fluticasone propionate, 6α,9α-difluoro-17α-
[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]- 11 β-hydroxy- 16α-methyl-3-oxo-androsta- 1 ,4-diene- 17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6α,9α-difluoro-l 1 β-hydroxy- 16α-methyl-3-oxo-17α-propionyloxy-androsta- l,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3S-yl) ester, 6α,9α-difluoro-l lβ- hydroxy- 16α-methyl- 17α-( 1 -methylcylopropylcarbonyl)oxy-3-oxo-androsta- 1 ,4-diene- 17β- carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6α,9α-difluoro- 11 β-hydroxy- 16α-methyl-3-oxo - 1 Ia-
(2,2,3,3-tetramethylcyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy-androsta- 1 ,4-diene- 17β-carboxylic acid cyanomethyl ester, beclomethasone esters (such as the 17-propionate ester or the 17,21-dipropionate ester), budesonide, flunisolide, mometasone esters (such as the furoate ester), triamcinolone acetonide, rofleponide, ciclesonide, (16α,17-[[(R)-cyclohexylmethylene]bis(oxy)]-l lβ,21-dihydroxy-pregna- l,4-diene-3,20-dione), butixocort propionate, RPR-106541, and ST-126. Preferred corticosteroids include fluticasone propionate, 6α,9α-difluoro-l 1 β-hydroxy- 16α-methyl-l 7α-[(4-methyl- 1,3 - thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-l,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester and 6α,9α-difluoro- 17α-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]- 11 β-hydroxy- 16α-methyl-3-oxo-androsta- 1 ,4-diene- 17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, more preferably 6α,9α-difluoro-17α-[(2- furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-l lβ-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-l,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S- fluoromethyl ester.
Non-steroidal compounds having glucocorticoid agonism that may possess selectivity for transrepression over transactivation and that may be useful in combination therapy include those covered in the following patents: WO03/082827, WO01/10143, WO98/54159, WO04/005229, WO04/009016, WO04/009017, WO04/018429, WO03/104195, WO03/082787, WO03/082280, WO03/059899, WO03/101932, WO02/02565, WO01/16128, WO00/66590, WO03/086294, WO04/026248, WO03/061651, WO03/08277.
Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID 's). Suitable NSAID 's include sodium cromoglycate, nedocromil sodium, leukotriene antagonists, inhibitors of leukotriene synthesis (for example, montelukast), iNOS inhibitors, tryptase and elastase inhibitors, beta-2 integrin antagonists and adenosine receptor agonists or antagonists (for example, adenosine 2a agonists), cytokine antagonists (for example, chemokine antagonists, such as a CCR3 antagonist) or inhibitors of cytokine synthesis, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, p38 inhibitors, and IKK2 inhibitors. Suitable other β2-adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (for example, as the xinafoate), salbutamol (for example, as the sulphate or the free base), formoterol (for example, as the fumarate), fenoterol or terbutaline and salts thereof. An iNOS (inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitor) is preferably for oral administration. Suitable iNOS inhibitors include those disclosed in WO93/13055, WO98/30537, WO02/50021, WO95/34534 and WO99/62875. Suitable CCR3 inhibitors include those disclosed in WO02/26722.
Suitable antihistamines (also referred to as Hi-receptor antagonists) include any one or more of the numerous antagonists known which inhibit Hi-receptors, and are safe for human use. All are reversible, competitive inhibitors of the interaction of histamine with Hi-receptors. The majority of these inhibitors, mostly first generation antagonists, are generally represented by three types of antihistamines: ethanolamines, ethylenediamines, and alkylamines. In addition, other first generation antihistamines include those which can be characterized as based on piperizine and phenothiazines. Second generation antagonists, which are non-sedating, have a similar structure- activity relationship in that they retain the core ethylene group (the alkylamines) or mimic the tertiary amine group with piperizine or piperidine. Exemplary antagonists are as follows: Ethanolamines: carbinoxamine maleate, clemastine fumarate, diphenylhydramine hydrochloride, and dimenhydrinate.
Ethylenediamines: pyrilamine maleate, tripelennamine HCl, and tripelennamine citrate. Alkylamines: chloropheniramine and its salts such as the maleate salt, and acrivastine. Piperazines: hydroxyzine HCl, hydroxyzine pamoate, cyclizine HCl, cyclizine lactate, meclizine HCl, and cetirizine HCl.
Piperidines: Astemizole, levocabastine HCl, loratadine or its descarboethoxy analogue, and terfenadine and fexofenadine hydrochloride or another pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
The combinations referred to above may conveniently be presented for use in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation and thus pharmaceutical formulations comprising a combination as defined above together with a physiologically acceptable diluent or carrier represent a further aspect of the invention. The individual compounds of such combinations may be administered either sequentially or simultaneously in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations. Appropriate doses of known therapeutic agents will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The invention will now be described by reference to the following biological examples which are merely illustrative and are not to be construed as a limitation of the scope of the present invention.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES
As compounds of Formula (I) have dual pharmacophores, maximizing both activities is a component of the testing process. There is a desire to balance the antagonism of the muscarinic M3 receptor with the inhibition of the PDE4 enzyme. Although the M3 antagonism is measured in a human receptor expressed in a mammalian cell line as described herein, PDE4 is usually measured on isolated human enzyme, therefore a secondary cell assay is monitored that reflects intracellular PDE4 inhibition. An example of such a cellular assay is the PBMC assay as shown below. Therefore it is desired to optimize PDE4 inhibition in the cell (measured using PBMC assay). Desired attributes of the molecule would be to maintain or improve the M3 pharmacophores potency with no or partial Mi agonism since agonism of the Mi receptor is usually counter- indicated. Another attribute is to decrease the dropoff between the PDE4 enzyme assay and inhibition reflected in the PBMC assay. Since both pharmacophores are in a single molecule, it is desirable to enhance intracellular inhibition of PDE4 reflected in the PBMC assay while retaining significant activity against the transmembrane M3 receptor. In addition, in vivo efficacy and duration of action is not always reflected by in vitro measurements of activity, therefore other physiochemical properties of the molecules may be important for balanced efficacy at both targets. Therefore, one embodiment of the invention are compounds which posses appropriately balanced pharmacology, and have desirable physicochemical properties, such as solubility, dissolution rate, permeability, crystallinity, micronizability, and excipient compatibility. If the compounds are administered by inhalation, then low aqueous solubility is generally not suitable for a nebulized/solution formulation.
One embodiment of the invention is a display of sufficient antagonism at the M3 receptor wherein pIC50 > 8.0 and a pA2 > 8.0, as well as inhibition of the PDE4 enzyme with a pIC5o ≥ 8.0 and cellular activity (as reflected in the PBMC assay) with a pIC5o> 7.0.
In one embodiment of the invention compounds of Formula (I) are generally selective against agonism or partial agonism of the various muscarinic receptors (Mi, M2, M3) and PDE4 > 100-fold vs. other PDEs. The inhibitory effects of compounds at the mAChR (muscarinic) receptor and the PDE4 enzyme for the present invention are determined by the following in vitro and in vivo functional assays. mAChR (Muscarinic)Receptor Assays In vitro assays
Muscarinic Receptor Radioligand Binding Assays
Radioligand Binding Studies to Determine Interaction at Cloned Human Receptors
The human Mi - M3 receptors are cloned and stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell lines. M2 ACh receptor is co-expressed with the chimeric G protein, Gqi5, in CHO cells. Competition for [3H]-N-methyl scopolamine (0.5 nM) binding is performed using crude CHO cell membranes using a Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA). Atropine is run in every assay as the control.
In the SPA assay membranes are preincubated with wheatgerm agglutinin beads (GE) in 50 mM HEPES buffer (Sigma, St. Louis MO) (pH 7.4) at 4° C for 30 min, and then incubated with 0.5 nM [ H]-N -methyl scopolamine (PerkinElmer) in a 96-well Optiplate (Perkin Elmer), for 2 hr in the presence of vehicle (1% DMSO) or compound (0.01-1000 nM), in 0.2 mL final volume, at room temperature. At the end of the incubation the plates are centrifuged (Beckman CS-6R) for 5 min at 2000 RPM, and counted in a Top Count Microplate Scintillation counter (model A9912 Packard, Meriden CT).
Concentration-response curves for each compound are run using duplicate samples in 3 independent experiments. Specific binding is determined by subtracting non-specific binding (defined in the presence of 0.3 μM Atropine) from total binding. IC50 values are estimated from concentration-response curves and used to determine the inhibition constant (Ki) of each inhibitor using the Cheng and Prusoff equation [for competitive antagonists: The Kd's utilized for the calculations are: 0.17, 0.28, and 0.16, nM for Ml, M2 and M3 respectively.
IC50
K1 = →
[L]/IQ + 1
Membrane Preparation
Cells are harvested by centrifugation at 1000 x g for 10 min at 4 0C. The cell pellet is washed with Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) and quick frozen with liquid nitrogen. The pellet is stored at - 80 0C until the membrane preparation is made. The frozen pellet is thawed and re-suspended in cold hypotonic membrane buffer (40 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 1 mM MgSO4, 0.5 mM EDTA, 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 2.5 mg/L leupeptin, 0.1 mg/mL aprotinin) and incubated on ice for 5 min. The cell suspension is homogenized in a 40 mL Dounce homogenizer and centrifuged at 2000 rpm at 40C for 6 min to remove nuclei and cellular debris. The 2000 rpm pellet is resuspended in homogenization buffer and spun again at 2000 rpm for 6 min. This process is repeated two more times. The combined supernatant is collected and cell membranes are pelleted at 100000 x g for 1 hr at 4 0C. The membrane pellet is resuspended in membrane buffer and aliquots stored at - 80 0C. Protein concentration is quantified using the Bio-Rad protein assay reagent.
Calcium Mobilization Studies (FLIPR)
Studies to determine the effectiveness of antagonists to cause blockade of functional intracellular calcium fluxes following agonist (ACh) treatment of cloned human receptors. This system is used for characterizations of antagonist-receptor interactions using four distinct variations of the FLIPR methodology: (a) potency: IC 50 determination, (b) potency: pA2 determination, (c) reversibility of antagonist - receptor interaction, or (d) confirmation of no functional agonist activity.
Cell Source: The human M1-M3 receptors are cloned and stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells. The M2 receptors are co-expressed with the chimeric G protein, Gqi5.
Cell lines: Ml stable: Biocat#1044; M2 + Gqi5 stable: Biocat#95663; M3 stable: Biocat#1049 Method of Culture: CHO-Ml , CHO-Gqi5-M2 and CHO-M3 cells are cultured to confluence at 370C in a humidified incubator with 5% CO2/95% air. CHO-Ml and CHO- M3 are cultured in Alpha MEM with nucleosides and L-glutamine and 10% fetal calf serum. Cells expressing the M2 receptor are cultured in DMEM/F12 media, supplemented with 200 mg/L G418 (geneticin), and 10% fetal calf serum. Assay Readout: Calcium mobilization, monitored as change in cytosolic calcium concentration, is measured as change in 516 nm emission fluorescence intensity of cytosolic loaded Fluo-4, a green fluorescent calcium indicator which exhibits large (> 100- fold) fluorescence intensity increases on binding to calcium, the change in intensity being, therefore, directly related to cytosolic calcium levels. The emitted fluorescence from all 96 wells is measured simultaneously using a cooled CCD camera. Data points are collected every second. Maximal change in emission from each well after simultaneous addition of agonist or compound to each of the 96 wells is then exported to an excel spreadsheet. This data is then transferred to GraphPad Prism Version 4.03 for plotting of response to each treatment condition (ACh or compound).
Experimental Protocols: Cell plating: A microtiter plate based calcium mobilization FLIPR (Fluorometric Imaging
Plate Reader, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale CA, [Schroeder KS, Neagle, BD. FLIPR: a new instrument for accurate, high throughput optical screening. J. Biomol. Screen.
1996;1 :75.]) assay is used for the functional characterization of compounds against Ml,
M2 (w/Gqi5) and M3 ACh receptors stably expressed in CHO cells. On the day prior to assay, cells are plated in 96 well, blackwall, clear bottom plates (Packard View) at a concentration of 40000 cells per well and incubated at 370C in a humidified incubator with
5% CO2/95% air for 18 to 24 hours.
a) IC50 Determination for Antagonists: Receptor antagonist characterization (IC 50 determination), compounds tested for potency of inhibition of ACh induced muscarinic receptor activation: To evaluate antagonist potency of compounds against the M1, M2 and M3 receptors, cell culture media is aspirated and replaced with 100 μL of dye load media [Eagles Minimal Essential Medium (EMEM) with Earl's salts and L-Glutamine, 0.1% BSA (Se ologicals Corporation), 4 μM Fluo-4- acetoxymethyl ester fluorescent indicator dye (Fluo-4 AM, Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) and 2.5 mM probenecid]. Cells are then incubated for 1 hour at 370C. The dye load media is then aspirated off the cells and replaced with identical media without Fluo-4 AM and with 0.1% Gelatin (BSA removed) and 2.5 mM probenecid. Cells are incubated for 10 minutes at 370C and then washed 3 times with KRH assay buffer [Rrebs Ringer Henseleit (120 mM NaCl, 4.6 mM KCl, 1.03 mM KH2PO4, 25 mM NaHCO3, 1.0 mM CaCl2,
1.1 mM MgCl2, 11 mM Glucose, 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.4)) with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid]. 100 μL KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid is added to wells of dye loaded and washed cells followed by 50 μL of 3X compound (IxIO"8 - 3.3xlO"5 M final in the assay) and plate warmed to 370C for 10 minutes before being placed in FLIPR where the dye loaded, compound pretreated cells are exposed to excitation light (488 nm) from a 6 watt Argon Laser. The basal emission fluorescence is measured, then the cellular response to an ECso concentration of ACh (3.3 nM against M1, 10 nM against M2 and 1.0 nM against M3) prepared in KRH assay buffer with 0.1% BSA (no gelatin), is monitored in FLIPR for 90 seconds and then 50 μL of 100 μM ATP (assay concentration of 20 μM) is added to check cell viability (H. M. Sarau et a\, 1999. MoI. Pharmacol. 56, 657-663). Maximal change in emission from each well, vehicle or compound pretreated, after simultaneous addition of ACh to each of the 96 wells is then determined.
The IC50 is defined as the compound pretreatment concentration which inhibits 50% of the ACh induced response. A compound is believed to be active in this assay if it has an IC50 of between 33 uM and 10 nM or less. Exemplary compounds of Formula (I) which have been tested in this assay and found to be the most active can be found in
Examples 111-132, 134, 137-140, 142-149, 151, 153, 158, 162, 165, 168, 178, 180-183, 187, and 191-192.
b) p A2 Determination for Antagonists: Single concentration kinetic characterization of compounds tested for potency of inhibition of ACh induced muscarinic receptor activation'. pA2.' Compounds which show ICso's of < 1.0 μM may be further characterized in a single compound concentration kinetic assay. To confirm antagonist potency of more potent compounds against the Ml, M2 and M3 receptors, dye loaded (culture media is aspirated, replaced with 100 μL of dye load media and incubated for 1 hour at 370C) and washed cells (washed three times with 100 μL KRH assay buffer) are treated with 150 μL of KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid containing vehicle (0.01% DMSO), for control response, or appropriate concentration of antagonist (single concentration for each column of 12 wells, concentration determined from IC50 value) and incubated for 20 minutes at 37 0C. Buffer is aspirated off and 150 μL of fresh KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid containing vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or appropriate concentration of compound is added and incubated for 10 minutes at 37 0C. Plates are then placed into FLIPR for fluorescent measurements. After determination of basal fluorescence emission, a concentration range of ACh (0.033-100,000 nM for M1/M3 and 0.33-1,000,000 nM for M2) is added to vehicle or compound treated (columns of 12 wells) cells to determine the shift of receptor potency in response to ACh in presence of compound. Compound potency at the receptor is determined using the following formula: pA2=log(DR-l) - log[B] where DR is the dose ratio defined as the ratio of equiactive concentration (EC50) of agonist in presence and absence of antagonist and [B] is concentration of antagonist.
c) Determination of Antagonist Reversibility Evaluation of antagonist-receptor occupancy following antagonist wash-out (reversibility) using FLIPR methodology: After aspirating off growth media the cells are washed 3 times with 100 μl KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin. Each column (12 wells) is treated with 150 μL of EMEM containing 0.1% gelatin with vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or antagonist at an appropriate concentration: 1.0 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM or 1000 nM, (washout columns), or not treated (no washout columns) and incubated for 60 minutes at 37 0C. EMEM is aspirated and KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin with vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or antagonist is added to washout columns and incubated at 37 0C for 20 minutes. Buffer with vehicle or compound is aspirated and cells retreated and incubated at 37 0C for an additional 10 minutes. Buffer with vehicle or compound is then aspirated and cells washed 3 times with KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% BSA. KRH buffer (100 μL) containing 0.1% BSA is then added and cells incubated for 30 minutes at 37 0C and washed 3 times. Cells are incubated for a further 30 minutes and washed 3 times, followed by a further 30 minute incubation. After this 90 minute washout, all cells are washed 3 times with KRH containing 0.1% gelatin. Cells are loaded with dye using 150 μL dye load media with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid for washout columns or same dye load media with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid with vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or appropriate concentration of compound (1.0 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM or 1000 nM) for no washout columns and incubated for 60 minutes at 37 0C. Dye load media is aspirated and cells are retreated with 150 μL of KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenicid for washout columns or KRH assay buffer containing 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenicid and vehicle or appropriate concentration of compound for no washout columns. Cells are incubated for 20 minutes at 37 0C. Pretreatment buffer is aspirated and 150 μL of fresh
KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid is then added to washout columns and the same buffer containing vehicle (0.01% DMSO) or the appropriate concentration of antagonist is added to the no washout columns. Plates are incubated for 10 minutes at 37 0C and plates placed into FLIPR where fluorescence is monitored. Baseline measurements are recorded and acetylcholine concentration response curves are added to each column while continuing to monitor fluorescence. Comparison of ACh concentration response curves is performed between vehicle-treated and antagonist-treated [1.0 nM, 10 nM, 10OnM or 1000 nM] cells following washout to determine if there remained a shift in the EC50 value post washout. Fold-shift (fs) values were determined using the following formula: fs = [X] / [V] ; wherein X is the concentration of acetylcholine required to elicit a 50% maximum calcium mobilization response following antagonist treatment and washout; V is the concentration of acetylcholine required to elicit a 50% maximum calcium mobilization response following vehicle treatment and washout.
d) Confirmation of no agonist activity Receptor agonist characterization (EC 50 determination): compounds tested to confirm no agonist potential at muscarinic receptors: To evaluate agonist potential of compounds and ACh potency for the M1, M2 and M3 receptors, culture media is aspirated and replaced with 100 μL of dye load media. Cells are then incubated for 1 hour at 370C. The dye load media is then aspirated off the cells and replaced with identical media without Fluo-4 AM and with 0.1% Gelatin (BSA removed) and 2.5 mM probenecid. Cells are incubated for 10 minutes at 370C and then washed 3 times with 100 μL KRH assay buffer. 100 μL KRH assay buffer with 0.1% gelatin and 2.5 mM probenecid is added to wells of dye loaded and washed cells and plate warmed to 37 0C for 10 minutes before being placed in FLIPR where dye loaded cells are exposed to excitation light (488 nm) from a 6 watt Argon Laser. The basal emission fluorescence is measured, then the cellular response to a concentration range of ACh or compound (50 μL of 3X in assay buffer) is monitored in FLIPR for 90 seconds and then 50 μL of 100 μM ATP (assay concentration of 25 μM) was added to check cell viability. The EC50 is the ACh or compound concentration required to obtain 50% the maximal response. SUPERFUSION PROTOCOLS
All procedures were performed in accredited facilities in accordance with Universal Precautions for Handling Human Blood, Body Fluids, and Tissue (BAR# 88-06-22-060) and institutional guidelines including the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (DHSS #NIH 85-23) and approved protocol #86-077 (Animal Care and Use Committee, Glaxo SmithKline). Human lungs from organ donors were obtained from the National Disease Research Interchange (NDRI, Philadelphia, PA, wwwjiclnreso.urce.,org). Sections of bronchus were removed from the lung and cleaned of adherent connective, parenchymal and fatty tissue. Bronchial strips of approximately 3-4 mm in width were prepared and placed into modified Krebs-Henseleit solution. Composition of the solution was (mM): NaCl (113.0), KCl (4.8), CaCl2 (2.5), KH2PO4 (1.2), MgSO4 (1.2), NaHCO3 (25.0) and dextrose (11.0) and equilibrated with 95% O2: 5% CO2 and maintained at 370C; meclofenamic acid (1 μM) was added to block endogenous cycloxygenase activity. Alternatively, trachea was removed from male Hartely guinea pigs (Charles River, Portage, MI; weight range 450-650 g). The epithelium of the trachea was removed and strips were cut, approximately 2 cartilage rings in width. Individual tissues were suspended via silk suture in a superfusion chamber (Coleman, 1989; Harvard Apparatus, Inc., Holliston, MA, www.harvardapparatus.com) and connected to BIOPAC TSD125C transducers. The tissues were then continuously superfused with Krebs-Henseleit solution at 2 mL/min for the duration of the experiment. Stock solutions of agonist and antagonist were infused (0.02 mL/min) via 22-gauge needle inserted into the superfusion tubing. Mechanical responses were recorded isometrically using a commercially-available data acquisition system (MPlOOWS/Acknowledge; BIOPAC Systems, Goleta, CA, www.biopac . com) interfaced with a computer. Duration of PDE4M compound-induced inhibition of the carbachol response was investigated in two ways. The first protocol described was used to assess onset and offset of compound-induced inhibition. The second protocol was used to evaluate inhibition of the carbachol response in the presence of infused compounds as compared to inhibitory activity remaining after overnight washout. Protocol A: Tissues were suspended under an optimal resting tension of 1.5 g.
After a 60 min equilibration period, the tissues were contracted with carbachol (1 μM) for the duration of the experiment. Upon reaching a sustained contraction isoproterenol (10 μM) was administered to maximally relax the tissue, and this change served as a reference. Isoproterenol exposure was halted and the carbachol-induced tension allowed to recover. Compounds and vehicle were infused at a single concentration per tissue until a sustained level of inhibition was attained. Compounds were infused for six hours and upon which the infusion of compounds and vehicle was halted. Carbachol-induced tension in tissues was then allowed to recover for 10 hours. After this recovery period, carbachol was removed from the perfusate and tissues allowed to return to baseline tone. A carbachol concentration-response curve was then generated, whole-log increments from 10 nM to 100 μM, followed by a 1 mM histamine-induced contraction for reference. The following parameters were determined for each concentration of antagonist, and expressed as the mean ± SEM for n individual tissues (n = numbers). Inhibition of the carbachol-induced contraction was expressed as a percent of the isoproterenol reference response. The onset halftime to maximal inhibition of tension (ON ty2) was determined. The offset halftime of tension recovery (OFF tyi), following removal of the compound from the superfusate, was determined by measuring the time required for tension to return to the level used to measure the respective onset halftime. Tension recovery was plotted vs. time as a percentage of the % recovery of maximal inhibition.
Post-recovery concentration-response curves were plotted with data as a percent of the 1 mM post-histamine reference contractions. EC50 and fold- shift vs. control values were calculated for each compound tested.
Protocol B: Tissues were suspended under an optimal resting tension of 1.5 g. After an incubation period to reach stable basal tone, histamine (10 μM) was infused to assess tissue contraction response. After tension reached a plateau, histamine infusion was halted and tissues tension allowed to return to baseline. Compounds and vehicle were then infused onto the tissues for 6 hours. A carbachol concentration-response curve was generated, in the presence of infused compounds or vehicle, by infusing carbachol over the tissues in cumulative half-log increments, 10 nM to 100 μM, followed by a 1 μM histamine-induced contraction for reference. Upon completion of this curve, infusion of compounds into the perfusate was halted and tissue tension allowed to return to baseline. The tissues were then washed with perfusate buffer overnight. The following morning, histamine (10 μM) was again infused to contract the tissues and assess tissue response. After tension reached a plateau, histamine infusion was halted and tissues tension allowed to return to baseline. Another carbachol concentration-response curve was generated, this time in the absence of infused compounds other than that remaining after the overnight washout. Agonist-induced responses for each tissue were expressed as a percentage of the reference histamine (10 uM)-induced contraction obtained at the end of the curve. Geometric mean EC50 values were calculated from nonlinear regression analyses of data
(Motulsky, 2003). EC50 and fold-shift vs. control values were calculated for each compound tested. For tissues where carbachol concentration-response curves were generated in the presence of infused test compounds, antagonist potencies were calculated and expressed as pKβ and pA2 where appropriate (Arunlakshana & Schild, 1958): pKB = -log [antagonist]/X-l, where X is the ratio of agonist concentration required to elicit 50% of the maximal contraction in the presence of the antagonist compared with that in its absence and pA2 = -log of the antagonist dissociation constant.
In vivo assays:
Inhibition of acetylcholine-induced bronchoconstriction in conscious guinea pigs a. Method
Procedure for wet suspension intratracheal dosing. A stock solution of 5% weight/volume of Tween 80 is made at least one day prior to dosing. The solution is made by dissolving 1 gram of Tween 80 in a total volume of 20 ml sterile saline. On the day of dosing the stock 5% Tween solution is diluted 1 : 10 in sterile saline for a final concentration of 0.5% Tween. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 micron syringe filter to yield the final wet vehicle. Animals are weighed and the weights averaged for dose calculations:
((animal weight [kg] ) x (dose in [mg/kg])) / (dose volume [ml]) = Dose Concentration [mg/ml]
Drug is weighed and placed into a glass homogenizer with the appropriate amount of vehicle, i.e. if 1.5 mg is weighed, than 1 ml vehicle is be added. The mixture is then homogenized by hand until it appears uniform. For doses lower than 1.0 mg/kg appropriate dilution of the suspension is made immediately after homogenization. A one ml syringe capped with a 22ga 2.5 inch rat gavage needle is filled with 200 μl of dosing solution. After an animal is anesthetized with isoflorane they are placed in the supine position and the dosing needle is introduced into the trachea via the mouth. After the drug solution is injected into the trachea the animal is returned to a recovery cage. Recovery from anesthesia is noted within 5 minutes.
Whole Body Plethysmograph Determination of Penh in Conscious Guinea Pigs:
Four and 24 hours (for dose-response experiment) and 4, 24, 48 and 72 hours (for duration of action experiment) after intratracheal drug or vehicle administration, male Dunkin-Hartley guinea pigs (650-750 g) (Charles River Labs, St Constance Canada) are placed into a whole body plethysmograph box (internal volume of approximately 7 liters). A bias air flow of 2 L/minute was applied to the box and flow changes in the box are measured and recorded using a Buxco XA data acquisition and respiratory analysis system (Buxco Electronics, Wilmington, NC). Animals are allowed to acclimate to the plethysmograph box for 3 minutes before air flow data is recorded. Recordings ire collected for 5 minutes to determine basal airway parameters. Animals ire exposed to an aerosol of acetylcholine (ACh) produced by an ultrasonic nebulizer (Delvibiss Pulmosonic 5000D)(3.5 mg/mL, pushed by a trickle flow of 0.6 mL/minute for 36 seconds followed by a 2 minute drying time) that generates an aerosol into a mixing chamber, then directly into the plethysmographic box airstream. Measurements are collected for 10 minutes following the ACh exposure. Collected values are retained and Penh (enhanced pause) is calculated. Penh has previously been shown as an index of airway obstruction and correlates with increased intrapleural pressure (Hamelmann E. et al., Noninvasive measurement of airway responsiveness in allergic mice using barometric plethysmography. Am. J. Crit Care Med. 156:766-75]. The algorithm for the Penh calculation is as follows: Penh = [(expiratory time / relaxation time)-l] x (peak expiratory flow / peak inspiratory flow) where relaxation time is the amount of time required for 70% of the tidal volume to be expired. Animals are returned to caging until the next noted exposure timepoint. Each animal's baseline airway parameter is used as its own control when determining the effect of ACh aerosol exposure. PDE4 Assays In vitro Assays
Inhibition of Phosphodiesterase IVB enzyme activity
Human recombinant PDE4B, in particular the 2B splice variant thereof (HSPDE4B2B), is disclosed in WO 94/20079 and also in M.M. McLaughlin et al, "A low Km, rolipram-sensitive, cAMP-specific phosphodiesterase from human brain: cloning and expression of cDNA, biochemical characterization of recombinant protein, and tissue distribution of mRNA", J. Biol. Chem., 1993, 268, 6470-6476. For example, in Example 1 of WO 94/20079, human recombinant PDE4B is described as being expressed in the PDE- deficient yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae strain GL62. PDE4B expression is induced by the addition of 150 μM C11SO4.
For luminescence-coupled assay based screening the supernatant fractions of yeast cell lysates are subjected to Cibacron blue affinity chromatography, dialysis and desalting, to enrich for PDE4B and to remove components, e.g. ATP, able to interfere with the assay. Human recombinant PDE4D (HSPDE4D3A) is disclosed in P. A. Baecker et al., "Isolation of a cDNA encoding a human rolipram-sensitive cyclic AMP phosphodiesterase (PDE IVD)", Gene, 1994, 138, 253-256. Expression of human PDE4D in yeast, and subsequent preparation of the recombinant protein for assay was as described for PDE4B.
Inhibition of PDE activity: Luciferase-coupled PDE assay
Inhibition of PDE4B and PDE4D are measured using a luminescence-coupled assay system developed by Cambrex. This assay system couples the formation of AMP, derived from PDE4-catalyzyed hydrolysis of cAMP, to the formation of ATP. The ATP is then used as a substrate for Luciferase and results in light as a signal output. When PDE is inhibited or inactive, no AMP is produced, the Luciferase is inactive, and no light signal is produced. This assay is used in a quenched assay format, where PDE4 enzyme (2.5 μL; ~120pM enzyme in 4OmM Tris-HCl, 1OmM MgCl2, ImM CHAPS, 0.01% BSA, pH 7.5.) and cAMP substrate (2.5μL; 2 μM cAMP in 4OmM Tris-HCl, 1OmM MgCl2, ImM CHAPS, 0.01% BSA, pH 7.5.) are added sequentially to a 384 well assay plate (Greiner 784075) pre-stamped with 12.5-50 nL compound at the desired concentration. The reaction is incubated at room temperature for 1 hr, then is quenched by the addition of enzyme stop solution (1.5 μL ; prepared as described by vendor; catalog # LT27-253) and then the light signal is generated by the addition of detection reagent (2.5 μL, prepared as described by vendor, catalog# LT27-250). The luminescence is then measured on a Viewlux imager (Perkin Elmer) using emission filters of 613/55nm or 618/40nm and a 5 second exposure. Compounds are prepared in neat DMSO at a concentration of 10 mM. For inhibition curves, compounds are diluted using a three fold serial dilution and tested at 11 concentrations (e.g. 50 μM-0.8 nM or 25 μM-0.42 nM or 2.5 μM to 42 pM). Curves were analyzed using ActivityBase and XL fit, and results are expressed as pICso values. Curves were analyzed using ActivityBase and XLfit, and results are expressed as PIC50 values. A compound was believed to be active in this assay if it had a pICso of about 6 to 10.4 or greater against PDE4B. Exemplary compounds of Formula (I) which have been tested in the PDE4B assay and found to be the most active can be found in Examples 111-124, 126-130, 133-134, 137-165, 167-183, and 185-192.
Other in vitro assays: Inhibition of TNF-α (TNF-alpha) Production in Human PBMC (peripheral blood mononuclear cell) assay
A 96-well flat bottom polystyrene tissue culture plate (manufacturer code 167008 Thermo Fisher Scientific, Kamstrupvej 90, Kamstrup, Roskilde DK-4000 Denmark ) is prepared by initially adding to column 1 ca. 1OmM of test compound dissolved in DMSO, which is diluted about 7.94 fold in the well with DMSO to give a 1.26mM solution. For a more potent compound, a more diluted solution in DMSO may be used. The compound is further diluted with DMSO into columns 2 to 9 by 8 successive 3-fold dilutions using the Biomek® 2000 Laboratory Automation Workstation (Beckman Coulter, Inc., 4300 N. Harbor Boulevard, P.O. Box 3100, Fullerton, CA 92834-3100 USA). Column 10 is used as a DMSO negative control (High Signal, 0% response), while column 11, which contains 1.26 mM of the PDE4 inhibitor roflumilast, is used as a positive control (Low Signal, 100% response). About 1 μl (about IuI) of compound is transferred to the compound plate using a Biomek® FX Laboratory Automation Workstation.
PBMC cells (peripheral blood mononuclear cells) are prepared from heparinised human blood (using 1% v/v Heparin Sodium 1000IU/ml Endotoxin Free, Leo Laboratories Ltd., Cashel Road, Dublin 12. Ireland, Cat No: PL0043/0149) from normal volunteers using the Accuspin™ System-Histopaque®-1077 essentially (Sigma- Aldrich Company
Ltd., The Old Brickyard New Rd, Gillingham Dorset SP8 4XT). About 20 ml of blood is overlaid onto 15ml Histopaque® in Accuspin™ tubes. The tube is then centrifuged at about 80Og for ca. 20 minutes. The cells are collected from the cell layer, washed by centrifugation (ca. 1300g, ca. 10 minutes) and resuspended in RPMI 1640 medium (Low endotoxin RPMI 1640 medium, Cat No: 31870, Invitrogen Corporation Invitrogen Ltd, 3 Fountain Drive, Inchinnan Business Park, Paisley PA4 9RF, UK) containing 10% foetal calf serum, 1% L-glutamine (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat No: 25030) and 1% penicillin/streptomycin (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat No: 15140). Viable cells are counted by trypan blue staining and diluted to IxIO^ viable cells/ml. About 50μl (about 5OuI) of diluted cells and about 75μl (about 75ul) of LPS (ca. 1 ng/ml final; Sigma Cat No: L-6386) are added to the compound plate, which is then incubated at 37 0C, 5% CO2, for about 20 hours.
The supernatant is removed and the concentrations of TNF-α are determined by electrochemiluminescence assay using the Meso Scale Discovery (MSD) technology (Meso Scale Discovery, 9238 Gaither Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20877, USA). See the "TNF-α (TNF-alpha) MSD Assay" described below for typical details.
Results can be expressed as pIC50 values for inhibition of TNF-α (TNF-alpha) production in PBMCs, and it should be appreciated that these results can be subject to variability or error.
TNF-α (TNF-alpha) MSD Assay:
MSD Human Serum Cytokine Assay Diluent , (25 μl) Meso Scale Discovery, 9238 Gaither Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20877) is added to a 96-well High-Bind MSD plate pre- coated with anti-hTNF alpha capture antibody (MA6000) and then incubated for about 24 hours at 4°C to prevent non-specific binding. About 20μl (ul) of supernatant from the PBMC plate are then transferred from columns 1-11 to columns 1-11 of the MSD plate using the Biomek FX. About 20 μl (ul) of TNF-α standard (Cat No. 210-TA; R&D Systems Inc., 614 McKinley Place NE, Minneapolis, MN 55413, USA) are added to column 12 of the MSD plate to generate a standard calibration curve (about 0 to 30000 pg/ml final). About 20 μl (ul) of diluted sulfo-TAG antibody (ca. 1 μg/ml working concentration) is added to each well, and the plates / wells are shaken at room temperature for about 2 hours. Finally, about 90μl (ul) of MSD Read Buffer P (diluted to 2.5 times with distilled water) is added and the plates are read on a MSD Sector 6000. Data Analysis:
Data analysis is performed with ActivityBase/XC50 module (ID Business Solutions Ltd., 2 Occam Court, Surrey Research Park, Guildford, Surrey, GU2 7QB UK) or with Bioassay (Cambridgesoft 1 Signet Court Swann's Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA, UK). Data are normalized and expressed as %inhibition using the formula 1OO*((U-C1)/(C2-C1)) where U is the unknown value, Cl is the average of the high signal (0%) control wells (column 10), and C2 is the average of the low signal (100%) control wells (column 11). Curve fitting is performed with the following equation: y = A+((B-A)/(l+(10Λx/10ΛC)ΛD)), where A is the minimum response, B is the maximum response, C is the loglO(IC50), and D is the Hill slope. The XC50 module automatically constrains A, B or A and B if an acceptable unconstrained fit cannot be achieved. QC criteria are applied and fits are rejected where A <-40 or >30, B <80 or >140 or the ratio of upper and lower confidence limits on C >10. The results for each compound are recorded as pIC50 values (-C in the above equation).
Compounds are considered active in this assay if they demonstrated a pICso of greater than 5 up to a pICso of 10 or greater, and were screened at concentrations up to 10 uM. Representative compounds of Formula (I) as described in Examples 111-122, 124, 127-129, 133-134, 137-141, 143-163, 165, 167-179, 182-183, 185, 187-190, and 192 were tested in the above assay and found to be the most active.
In Vivo Biological Assays
The in vitro enzymatic PDE4B inhibition assay(s) described herein, or generally similar or generally analogous assays should be regarded as being the primary test(s) of biological activity. However, additional in vivo biological tests which are not an essential measure of activity, efficacy or side-effects but may be used for further characterization are described below.
LPS-induced pulmonary neutrophilia in rats: effect of it. administered PDE4 inhibitors Pulmonary neutrophil influx is thought to be a significant component to the family of pulmonary diseases like chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) which can involve chronic bronchitis and/or emphysema (G.F. Filley, Chest. 2000; 117(5); 251s-260s). The purpose of this neutrophilia model is to study the potentially anti-inflammatory effects in vzVo of orally administered PDE4 inhibitors on neutrophilia induced by inhalation of aerosolized lipopolysaccharide (LPS), modeling the neutrophil inflammatory component(s) of COPD. See the literature section below for scientific background.
For initial screening purposes, male Lewis rats (Charles River, Raleigh, NC, USA) weighing approximately 280-400 grams are pretreated with a single intratracheal dose (200 μl) of either 300 μg/kg, or 30 μg/kg, of the test compound suspended in 0.5% Tween 80 (Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA) in phosphate buffered saline or vehicle only. Secondarily, dose response curves may be generated using intratracheal doses of 300, 30 and 10 μg/kg, again administered in 0.5% Tween 80 (Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA) in phosphate buffered saline (200μl per rat, 30 minutes prior to LPS exposure. After a predetermined pretreatment time, the rats are exposed to aerosolized LPS (Serotype E. CoIi 026 :B6 prepared by trichloroacetic acid extraction, Sigma- Aldrich, St Louis, MO, USA), generated from a nebulizer containing a 100 μg/mL LPS solution. Rats are exposed to the LPS aerosol at a rate of ca. 4 L/min for. 20 minutes. LPS exposure is carried out in a closed chamber with internal dimensions of roughly 45 cm length x 24 cm width x 20 cm height. The nebulizer and exposure chamber are contained in a certified fume hood. At about 4 hours-post LPS exposure the rats are euthanized by overdose with pentobarbital at 90 mg/kg, administered intraperitoneally. Bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) is performed through a 14 gauge blunt needle into the exposed trachea. Five, 5 ml washes are performed to collect a total of 25 ml of BAL fluid. Total cell counts and leukocyte differentials are performed on the BAL fluids in order to calculate neutrophil influx into the lung. For single dose experiments, percent inhibition of neutrophil number, neutrophil percent, or both may be calculated and reported for that specific dose. For the secondary dose response studies, percent neutrophil inhibitions of either neutrophil number or neutrophil percent at each dose (cf. vehicle) may be used to calculate a sigmoidal dose- response curve (variable slope) usually using Prism Graph-Pad. The dose-response curve may also be used to calculate an ED50 value (in mg per kg of body weight) for inhibition by the test compounds of the LPS-induced neutrophilia.
Various literature references include, but are not limited to: Filley G. F. Comparison of the structural and inflammatory features of COPD and asthma. Chest. 2000; 117(5) 251 s-260s. Howell RE, Jenkins LP, Fielding LE, and Grimes D. Inhibition of antigen-induced pulmonary eosinophilia and neutrophilia by selective inhibitors of phosphodiesterase types 3 and 4 in brown Norway rats. Pulmonary Pharmacology. 1995; 8: 83-89.
Spond J, Chapman R, Fine J, Jones H, Kreutner W, Kung TT, Minnicozzi M. Comparison of PDE 4 inhibitors, Rolipram and SB 207499 (Ariflo™), in a rat model of pulmonary neutrophilia. Pulmonary Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 2001; 14: 157-164.
Underwood DC, Osborn RR, Bochnowicz S, Webb EF, Rieman DJ, Lee JC, Romanic AM, Adams JL, Hay DWP, and Griswold DE. SB 239063, a p38 MAPK inhibitor, reduces neutrophilia, inflammatory cytokines, MMP-9, and fibrosis in lung. Am J Physiol Lung Cell MoI Physiol. 2000; 279: L895-L902.
Examples are listed as producing "significant" inhibition if the test compound demonstrated significant (p<0.05, using a two tailed distribution and two sample equal variance students T test performed in Microsoft Excel) inhibition of either neutrophil number, neutrophil percent, or both, when dosed at either 300 or 30μg/kg, 30 minutes prior to LPS aerosol exposure.
For purposes herein:
PlC50 IC50 (nM) IC50 (uM)
4.00 100,000.0 100
5.00 100,000.0 10
6.00 1,000.0 1
7.00 100.0 0.1
8.00 10.0 0.01
9.00 1.0 0.001
10.00 0.1 0.0001
METHODS OF MANUFACTURE
The compounds of this invention may be made by a variety of methods, including standard chemistry. Any previously defined variable will continue to have the previously defined meaning unless otherwise indicated. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below and then specific compounds of the invention are prepared in the working Examples. For purposes herein, the compounds in the Schemes are shown generically with the formula terms. Where appropriate additional substituent groups as defined within the scheme, e.g. L= leaving group, P = protecting group, etc. As noted above, it may be desirable during the synthesis of the compounds of this invention, to derivatize reactive functional groups in the molecule undergoing reaction so as to avoid unwanted side reactions. Functional groups such as hydroxy, amino, and acid groups are typically protected with suitable groups that can be readily removed when desired. Suitable common protecting groups for use with hydroxyl groups and nitrogen groups are well known in the art and described in many references, for instance, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene et al., John Wiley & Sons, New York, New York, (2nd edition, 1991 or the earlier 1981 version). Suitable examples of hydroxyl protecting groups include ether forming groups such as benzyl, and aryl groups such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), silyl ethers, such as t-butyldimethyl or t- butyldiphenyl, and alkyl ethers, such as methyl connected by an alkyl chain of variable link,
(CRi()R2θ)n- Amino protecting groups may include benzyl, aryl such as acetyl and trialkylsilyl groups. Carboxylic acid groups are typically protected by conversion to an ester that can easily be hydrolyzed, for example, trichloethyl, tert-buiyl, benzyl and the like.
The compounds of Formula (I) may be obtained by applying the synthetic procedures and as detailed in the working examples described herein. These synthetic schemes as provided are applicable to producing compounds of the Formulas herein having a variety of different Rj, R2, R3, Xl, Z, ArI, Ar2, and Rg, etc. groups which are reacted, employing optional substituents which may be suitably protected, to achieve compatibility with the reactions outlined herein. Subsequent deprotection, in those cases as necessary, affords compounds of the nature generally disclosed. While a particular formula with particular substituent groups is shown herein, the synthesis is applicable to all formulas and all substituent groups herein.
Pharmaceutically acid addition salts of compounds of the various formulas described herein may be obtained in known manner, for example by treatment thereof with an appropriate amount of acid in the presence of a suitable solvent. Compounds of formula (IX) shown below, wherein Rl, R^ and R^ are as defined herein and R^ represents hydrogen, can be prepared by hydrogenation of an azide compound of formula
(XI), wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as a palladium catalyst, e.g. palladium on carbon, in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as room temperature:
Figure imgf000062_0001
is H
Compounds of formula (XI), wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XII), wherein R*, R^ and R^ are as defined herein and wherein X" is a leaving group such as a halogen atom, mesylate (methanesulfonate), tosylate (p- toluenesulfonate), or triflate (trifluoromethanesulfonate) (suitably a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom).
For example the compounds of formula (XII), e.g. wherein X" is Cl, can be reacted with an azide salt such as sodium, lithium or potassium azide, in a suitable solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide such as dry DMSO, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, to give compounds of formula (XI).
Figure imgf000062_0002
Compounds of formula (XII), wherein Rl, R^ and R^ and X" are as defined herein, can be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (XIII), wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein, with a suitable reagent such as thionyl chloride (for when X^ is Cl), oxalyl chloride (for when X" is Cl), methanesulfonyl chloride (for when X" is mesylate), or/>αrα-toluenesulfonyl chloride (for when X" is tosylate) and Preferably thionyl chloride. Suitable conditions, for when
X" is Cl, include reacting with thionyl chloride in a suitable non-aqueous (e.g. anhydrous) aprotic organic solvent such as toluene, e.g. with heating to ca. 60-900C for example ca. 85°C. Alternative conditions include reacting compounds of formula (XIII) with thionyl chloride and methanesulfonic acid in a suitable non-aqueous (e.g. anhydrous) aprotic organic solvent such as dichloromethane, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as room temperature.
Figure imgf000063_0001
Alternatively, compounds of formula (XI) wherein Rl, R^ and R^ are as defined herein can be prepared directly from compounds of formula (XIII) wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein. For example, compounds of formula (XI) may be prepared by reacting compounds of formula (XIII) with an azide salt, e.g. sodium azide, in the presence of a halogenating agent such as carbon tetrabromide and a phosphine such as triphenylphosphine under suitable conditions, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, e.g. at a suitable temperature such as between 00C and room temperature (see e.g. Toyota et. al. Journal of Organic Chemistry (2000), 65(21), 7110-7113).
Figure imgf000063_0002
This route, (XIII) to (XI) directly, may be suitable for where R^ is a urea-containing group such as a N-aminocarbonyl-piperidinyl or N-aminocarbonyl-pyrrolidinyl group within sub-formula (bb) or (aa), because it is noted that these R^ urea-containing groups may not be tolerant of thionyl chloride which may be used in converting (XIII) to (XII) wherein X" is Cl and onward to (XI). In another alternative embodiment of particular interest, an amine compound of formula
(IX) or a salt thereof (e.g. HCl salt thereof), wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein and R^ is as defined herein (in particular where R^ is a hydrogen atom), may be prepared directly from a compound of formula (XII) or a salt thereof, wherein RI, R^ and R^ and X" are as defined herein, without first converting to an azide compound of formula (XI). For example, in compound (XII),
X" can in particular be a chlorine atom. When X" is a chlorine atom, a benzenesulfonate salt of the compound of formula (XII) can for example be used, in particular when R^ and R~ are ethyl and when R^ is, for instance, a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl.
Figure imgf000064_0001
(XII), or salt thereof (IX), or salt thereof (in particular X6 can be Cl) (in particular R4 can be H)
The reaction of the compound (XII) or the salt thereof to the amine compound (IX) or the salt thereof may optionally be carried out under suitable conditions, for example by reaction of a compound of formula (XII) or a salt thereof with an aminating agent. When R^ represents a hydrogen atom, and optionally for example when X" is a chlorine atom, a suitable aminating agent may be used, e.g. an alkali-metal hexamethyldisilazide such as lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium hexamethyldisilazide or potassium hexamethyldisilazide (in particular lithium hexamethyldisilazide, e.g. with slow mixing/addition), in a suitable non-aqueous non-alcohol (aprotic) organic solvent (e.g. anhydrous solvent) such as tetrahydrofuran, for example at a suitable temperature such as about 25 to about 50 0C, for example ca. 30-450C or ca. 30-400C. The reaction with the suitable aminating agent (e.g. with the alkali-metal hexamethyldisilazide) is suitably followed by treatment with an aqueous acid such as aqueous hydrochloric acid (e.g. 2- 10M, e.g. about 5M), for example at a suitable temperature such as from 00C to room temperature, for example at 5-15 0C or ca. 100C. Optionally, extraction of an organic solution of (IX) or a salt thereof with aqueous base such as cone. (e.g. 32% w/w) NaOH solution, can be used to form the amine compound (IX) as the "free base". Optionally, a mono-acid-addition salt, e.g. monohydrochloride, of the amine (IX) can be formed by converting the "free base" amine compound (IX) with about 1 equivalent (e.g. 1.03 equiv.) of a suitable acid such as HCl (e.g. aqueous hydrochloric acid such as ca. 36% w/w aq. HCl).
In a simplified embodiment of the process from compound (XII) or a salt thereof to an amine compound (IX) or a salt thereof, when iΦ is a chlorine atom in the compound of formula
(XII) and when R^ is a hydrogen atom in the compound of formula (IX), the precursor alcohol compound of formula (XIII) or a salt thereof is converted into the amine of formula (IX) or a salt thereof, via the compound of formula (XII) or a salt thereof, without substantially purifying and/or without substantially isolating the compound of formula (XII) or the salt thereof wherein X" is a chlorine atom. In this embodiment, the compound of formula (XII) or the salt thereof wherein X" is a chlorine atom can for example be in the form of the benzenesulfonate salt, in particular when
RI and R~ are ethyl and when R^ is for instance, a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl:
Figure imgf000065_0001
wherein X6 is Cl in which R4 is H (substantially not purified and/or substantially not isolated)
Compounds of formula (XIII) below, wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein, can be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (XIV), wherein RI , R^ and R^ are as defined herein, and wherein X^ is an alkyl group such as a Cj .5 or Cj .4 alkyl (e.g. straight-chain alkyl) group e.g. in particular ethyl, with a suitable reducing agent in a suitable solvent, e.g. at a suitable temperature. One suitable reducing agent is lithium borohydride, in which case: a suitable solvent can be a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (e.g. dry) and methanol (e.g. dry) optionally also with toluene (e.g. dry), or THF, or methanol, and/or a suitable reaction temperature can be from room temperature to the reflux temperature, e.g. about 50 to about 75 0C, e.g. about 60 to about 70 0C, e.g. 63-69 0C or 64-68 0C. Another reducing agent is di-z'so-butylaluminium hydride (e.g. solution in toluene), in which case: a suitable solvent is dichloromethane and/or toluene, and/or a suitable reaction temperature can be about 0 0C.
Figure imgf000065_0002
Compounds of formula (XIV), wherein R^, R^ and R^ and X' are as defined herein, may be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula (XV) with an amine of formula R^NH2, for example generally according to the method described by Yu et. al. in J. Med Chem., 2001, 44, 1025-1027. The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and/or in an organic solvent such as ethanol, dioxane, l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (NMP) or acetonitrile. The reaction may require heating e.g. to about 60-1800C, for example at 115°C:
Figure imgf000066_0001
(XV) (XIV)
When R^ is a N-aminocarbonyl-piperidinyl or N-aminocarbonyl-pyrrolidinyl group the compound of formula (XIV) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XIVa), below, wherein R*, R^ and X' are as defined herein and n4 = 0 or 1, or a salt thereof (e.g. a hydrochloride salt thereof) with a urea- forming reagent capable of converting the (4-piperidinyl)amino or (3- pyrrolidinyl)amino group in the compound of formula (XIVa) into a [(l-aminocarbonyl)-4- piperidinyl]amino group or [(l-aminocarbonyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl]amino group as in formula (XIV) respectively:
Figure imgf000066_0002
(XlVa) (XIV)
The urea-forming reagent may be benzyl isocyanate (followed later by debenzylation e.g. reductive debenzylation), or preferably the urea- forming reagent is tri(Cj _4alkyl)silyl isocyanate such as a tri(Cj_2alkyl)silyl isocyanate, preferably trimethylsilyl isocyanate. The conversion of the compound (XIVa) or salt thereof to the compound (XIV) may be carried out in the presence of a suitable base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform, at a suitable temperature such as at room temperature or at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
Compound (XIVa), wherein RI , R^, χ7 and n^ are as defined herein, or the salt thereof can be prepared from compound (XIVb) below, wherein wherein R*, R% X^ and τr are as defined herein and Prot is a suitable nitrogen protecting group such as (tert-butyloxy)carbonyl, by removal of the nitrogen protecting group. For example, removal of the (tert-butyloxy)carbonyl group can be effected under suitable acidic conditions, such as with hydrogen chloride (e.g. 4M) in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane:
Figure imgf000067_0001
(XIVb) (XlVa)
Compound (XIVb), wherein Rl, R% and rr are as defined herein, X^ is ethyl and Prot is
(tert-butyloxy)carbonyl, can be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula (XV), wherein R^ and R-2 are as defined herein and X^ = ethyl, with 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl 4-amino-l- piperidinecarboxylate (e.g. commercially available from AstaTech, Philadelphia, USA) or 1 , 1 - dimethylethyl 3-amino-l-pyrrolidinecarboxylate (e.g. commercially available from Aldrich). The reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or NN- diisopropylethylamine , optionally in a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile, at a suitable temperature such as 60-1000C (e.g. 80-900C).
Figure imgf000068_0001
(XV) (XIVIb) (X7 = ethyl) (X7 = Et, and Prot is (tert-butyloxy)carbonyl)
Compounds of formula (XV), wherein RI , R^, and X^ are as defined herein can be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (XVI), wherein R1 is as defined herein, with a dialkyl (l-chloroalkylidene)propanedioate, for example a diethyl (1-chloroalkylidene)- propanedioate of formula (XVII) (wherein R^ and X^ are as defined herein), followed by reaction with phosphorous oxychloride. Suitable conditions for reaction of compounds of formula (XVI) with a dialkyl (l-chloroalkylidene)propanedioate of formula (XVII) include heating in a suitable solvent such as toluene, in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, at a suitable temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent. Suitable conditions for the reaction of the intermediate with phosphorous oxychloride include heating at the reflux temperature of phosphorous oxychloride.
Figure imgf000068_0002
(XVI) (XV)
Compounds of formula (XVII), wherein R^ and X^ are as defined herein, may be prepared by reaction of compounds of formula (XVIII) , wherein R^ and X^ are as defined herein, with phosphorus oxychloride in the presence of a suitable base such as tributylamine, at a suitable temperature such as 80-1300C, for example about 100-1200C.
Figure imgf000069_0001
( XVII)
( XVIII )
Compounds of formula (XVIII), wherein R^ and X^ are as defined herein, may be prepared by reaction of a dialkyl malonate of formula (XIX), wherein X ' is as defined herein, with magnesium chloride and a suitable base such as triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile, at a suitable temperature such as 5-100C, followed by addition of an acid chloride of formula (XX), for example propanoyl chloride, at a suitable temperature such as between 100C and room temperature.
Figure imgf000069_0002
Compounds of formulae (XIX) and (XX) are either known compounds or may be prepared by conventional means. For example compounds of formulae (XIX) and (XX) where X^ and R^ respectively represent ethyl are available from Aldrich. Compounds of formula (XV), wherein Rl, R^ and X^ are as defined herein, may alternatively be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula (XVI), wherein RI is as defined herein, with compounds of formula (XXI), wherein R^ and X^ are as defined herein, with heating, followed by reaction with phosphorous oxychloride, again with heating (see Yu et. al. in J. Med Chem., 2001, 44, 1025-1027). Compounds of formula (XXI) can for example be diethyl [(ethyloxy)methylidene]propanedioate (wherein R^ is H and X^ is Et, available from Aldrich) or diethyl [l-(ethyloxy)ethylidene]propanedioate (wherein R^ is Me and X^ is Et, see Eur. Pat. Appl. (1991), EP 413918 A2).
Figure imgf000070_0001
(XVI) (XV)
Where the desired amino pyrazole of formula (XVI) is not commercially available, preparation can be achieved using methods described by Dorgan et. al. in J. Chem. Soc. , Perkin Trans. 1, (4), 938-42; 1980, by reaction of 3-hydrazinopropanenitrile (available from Lancaster
Synthesis) with a suitable aldehyde of formula R^OcHO in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, with heating, followed by reduction with, for example sodium in a suitable solvent such as t-butanol.
R.4^ should be chosen so as to contain one less carbon atom than R^, for example R^ is methyl will afford R^ as ethyl.
Figure imgf000070_0002
(XVI)
In an alternative embodiment of Process A, the 4-chloro substituent in the compound of formula (XV) can be replaced by another halogen atom, such as a bromine atom, or by another suitable leaving group which is displaceable by an amine of formula R-^NH2 The leaving group can, for example, be an alkoxy group -OR35 such as -0Ci_4alkyl (in particular -OEt) or a group -
O-S(O)2"R , wherein R^7 is methyl, CF3, or phenyl or 4-methyl-phenyl. The reaction may be carried out with or without solvent and may require heating.
Compounds of formula (XI), wherein RI and R^ are as defined herein and R3 represents the N-aminocarbonyl-piperidinyl or N-aminocarbonyl-pyrrolidinyl group of sub-formula (bb) or
(aa), may alternatively be prepared from compounds for formula XXXVIII, wherein R^ and R^ are as defined herein, n^ is 0 or 1, and Proc represents a suitable protecting group such as tert- butoxycarbonyl. Suitable conditions include treatment suitable acidic conditions such as hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane at a suitable temperature such as room temperature.
Proc
Figure imgf000071_0001
Compounds for formula XXXVIII, wherein R^ and R~, rr and Proc are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds for formula XXXIX, wherein RI and R% r? and Proc are as defined herein. Suitable conditions include reaction of compounds of formula XXXIX with an azide such as sodium azide and a halogenating agent such as carbon tetrabromide, in the presence of a suitable phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, in a suitable solvent such as NN,- dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as between 00C and room temperature.
Figure imgf000071_0002
Compounds of formula (XXXIX), wherein RI and R^, n^ and Proc are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XL), wherein R^ and R~, rr, Proc and X^ are as defined herein, by reduction with a suitable reducing agent such as lithium borohydride, in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of tetrahydrofuran and methanol, at a suitable temperature such as at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Compounds of formula (XL), wherein R^ and R~, rr, Proc and X^ are as defined herein, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XV), wherein Rl, R% and X^ are as defined herein, by reaction of a compound of formula (XV) with an amine of formula (XLI), wherein Proc and rr are as defined herein. The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and/or in an organic solvent such as ethanol, dioxane, 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) or acetonitrile. The reaction may require heating e.g. to about 60-1800C, for example at 1200C:
Proc
Figure imgf000072_0002
Compounds of formula (XIV) wherein R represents fluoroalkyl (for example trifluoromethyl) may be prepared according to the following Scheme A and followed by subsequent steps such as those described in other schemes herein:
Scheme A
/
Figure imgf000073_0001
Toluene, reflux
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000073_0003
CH2(CO2Et)2/ NaH/THF
Figure imgf000073_0004
Compounds of formula (IX) wherein R4 represents methyl or ethyl may be prepared according to the following scheme, wherein Rn represents H when R4 is methyl and Rn represents methyl when R4 is ethyl:
Figure imgf000073_0005
(IX) R4 = H room temperature (IX) R4 = methyl or ethyl
The following schemes are directed to the preparation of preparing compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein. Scheme 1. General Synthesis of Analogs
Figure imgf000074_0001
P = Protecting group
Deprotection
Figure imgf000074_0002
Scheme 1 describes the general synthesis of the compounds 1-5. Compound 1-1 above is treated with phenyl chloridocarbonate in dichloromethane and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give intermediate 1-2. Intermediate 1-2 is then treated with the suitably protected amine 1-3 in dichloromethane and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give intermediate 1-4. For example, a suitable protecting group is needed when R6 in compound 1-3 contains a primary or secondary amine. Intermediate 1-4 is then deprotected in a method defined by the nature of the protecting group used. In the case of an acid labile amine protecting group like Boc, deprotection can be achieved using a strong acid such as TFA in a solvent such as dichloromethane to give 1-5.
Scheme 2. General Synthesis of Analogs
Figure imgf000074_0003
.R ;
R-2<4
Pd catalyst
R = boronic acid, boronic ester, trialkyl tin P = Portecting group
Figure imgf000074_0004
Scheme 2 describes an alternate synthesis of compounds 2-6. Intermediate 2-1 is treated with the amine 2-2 in dichloromethane and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give intermediate 2-3. Suzuki coupling of 2-3 with a suitably protected boronic acid or boronic ester 2-4 (R = boronic acid, boronic ester) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as Pd(PPh3 )4, or Pd(OAc)2 / PPh3 gives intermediate 2-5. Alternately, Stille coupling of 2-3 with a suitably protected trialkyl tin 2-4 (R= trialkyl tin) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as Pd(PPh3 )4, or Pd(OAc)2 / PPh3 gives intermediate 2-5. The resulting intermediate 2-5 is then deprotected in a method defined by the nature of the protecting group used. In the case of an acid labile amine protecting group like Boc, deprotection can be achieved using a strong acid such as TFA in a solvent such as dichloromethane to give 2-6.
Scheme 3. General Synthesis of Analogs
Figure imgf000075_0001
Deprotection
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000075_0003
Scheme 3 describes an alternate synthesis of compounds 3-5. Suzuki coupling of intermediate 3-1 with a boronic acid or boronic ester aldehyde 3-2 (R is boronic acid, boronic ester) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as Pd(PPh3)4, or Pd(OAc)2 / PPh3 gives intermediate 3-3. Alternately, Stille coupling of 3-2 with a trialkyl tin aldehyde (R is trialkyl tin) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as Pd(PPh3 )4, or Pd(OAc)2 / PPh3 gives intermediate 3-3. Reductive amination of the resulting intermediate 3-3 with a suitably protected Rβ-H using a reducing reagent such as NaBH3CN in methanol or NaBH(OAc)3 in dichloroethane or DMF gives intermediate 3-4. Intermediate 3-4 is then deprotected in a method defined by the nature of the protecting group used. In the case of an acid labile amine protecting group like Boc, deprotection can be achieved using a strong acid such as TFA in a solvent such as dichloromethane to give 3-5. EXPERIMENTALS SECTION
The invention will now be described by reference to the following examples which are merely illustrative and are not to be construed as a limitation of the scope of the present invention. General Procedures All temperatures are given in degrees Celsius, all solvents are highest available purity and all reactions run under anhydrous conditions in an argon (Ar) or nitrogen (N2) atmosphere where necessary.
Analtech Silica Gel GF and E. Merck Silica Gel 60 F-254 thin layer plates were used for thin layer chromatography. Both flash and gravity chromatography were carried out on E. Merck Kieselgel 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel. The CombiFlash system used for purification in this application was purchased from Isco, Inc. CombiFlash purification was carried out using prepacked silica gel columns, a detector with UV wavelength at 254nm and a variety of solvents or solvent combinations. Preparative hplc was performed using a Gilson Preparative System with variable wavelength UV detection or an Agilent Mass Directed AutoPrep (MDAP) system with both mass and variable wavelength UV detection. A variety of reverse phase columns, e.g., Luna 5u C 18(2) 10OA, SunFire™ Cl 8, XBridge™ Cl 8 were used in the purification with the choice of column support dependent upon the conditions used in the purification. The compounds are eluted using a gradient of acetonitrile and water. Neutral conditions used an acetonitrile and water gradient with no additional modifier, acidic conditions used an acid modifier, usually 0.1 % TFA (added to both the acetonitrile and water) and basic conditions used a basic modifier, usually 0.1 % NH4OH (added to the water). Analytical hplc was run using an Agilent system with variable wavelength UV detection using reverse phase chromatography with an acetonitrile and water gradient with a 0.05 or 0.1 % TFA modifier (added to each solvent). LC-MS was determined using either a PE Sciex Single Quadrupole LC/MS API- 150 or a Waters. The compound is analyzed using a reverse phase column, e.g., Thermo Aquasil/Aquasil C 18, Acquity UPLC C 18, Thermo Hypersil Gold eluted using an acetonitrile and water gradient with a low percentage of an acid modifier such as 0.02% TFA or 0.1 % formic acid.
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were recorded at 400 MHz using a Bruker AC 400 or Brucker DPX400 spectrometer. CDCl3 is deuteriochloroform, DMSO-D6 is hexadeuteriodimethylsulfoxide, and CD3OD is tetradeuteriomethanol. Chemical shifts are reported in parts per million (δ) downfield from the internal standard tetramethylsilane (TMS) or calibrated to the residual proton signal in the NMR solvent (e.g., CHCl3 in CDCl3). Abbreviations for NMR data are as follows: s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, q = quartet, m = multiplet, dd = doublet of doublets, dt = doublet of triplets, app = apparent, br = broad. J indicates the NMR coupling constant measured in Hertz. Melting points were determined using a Electrothermal 9100 apparatus (Electrothermal Engineering Ltd.).
Heating of reaction mixtures with microwave irradiations was carried out on a Smith Creator (purchased from Personal Chemistry, Forboro, MA, now owned by Biotage), an Emrys Optimizer (purchased from Personal Chemistry) or an Explorer (purchased from CEM, Matthews, NC) microwave.
Cartridges or columns containing polymer based functional groups (acid, base, metal chelators, etc) can be used as part of compound workup. The "amine" columns or cartridges are used to neutralize or basify acidic reaction mixtures or products. These include NH2 Aminopropyl SPE-ed SPE Cartridges available from Applied Separations and diethylamino SPE cartridges available from United Chemical Technologies, Inc.
Abbreviations are listed in the table below. All other abbreviations are as described in the ACS Style Guide (American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1986).
Table of Abbreviations
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0003
Intermediate Compounds - Examples Example 1 Diethyl propanoylpropanedioate
Figure imgf000078_0001
To magnesium chloride (2.96 g, 31.2 mmol) was added dry acetonitrile (5 mL) and the mixture was then cooled in ice and treated with diethyl malonate (5 g, 31.2 mmol). Once the mixture was cold, triethylamine (8.6 mL, 62.5 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred for 15 mins. Propionyl chloride (2.71 mL, 31.2 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at O C for 1.5 h and at ambient temperature for 5 h. The mixture was cooled in an ice- bath and treated with aqueous hydrochloric acid (2M, 10 mL) and the product extracted with ether. The organic phase was washed with water then brine, dried and evaporated to afford 6.31 g of a yellow oil. This was dissolved in ether and washed with aqueous hydrochloric acid (2M) then brine, dried and evaporated to afford 5.93 g of the title compound.
Example 2 Diethyl (l-chloropropylidene)propanedioate
Figure imgf000078_0002
To diethyl propanoylpropanedioate (5.93 g, 27.4 mmol) was added phosphorus oxychloride (38 mL) and tributylamine (6.5 mL, 27.4 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 115 C for 6 h then stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue added cautiously to aqueous hydrochloric acid (IM, 80 mL) and extracted twice with diethyl ether. The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous hydrochloric acid (IM), water, aqueous sodium hydroxide (IM) then brine, dried and evaporated to dryness to afford 6.81 g of a brown oil. The product was purified by flash chomatography on silica (250 mL), eluting with ethyl acetate / cyclohexane @ 1: 10 to afford 3.21 g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 235, 237 (M+H)+, 3.30 min (ret time) . Example 3 Ethyl 4-chloro-l,6-diethyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-6]pyridine-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000079_0001
To 1 -ethyl- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Aldrich, 1.52 g, 13.7 mmol) was added a solution of diethyl (l-chloropropylidene)propanedioate (3.21 g, 13.7 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) followed by triethylamine (3.78 mL, 27.3 mmol) and then heated at reflux for 6 h. The cooled mixture was evaporated to dryness and the resulting brown residue was treated with phosphorus oxychloride (25 mL, 0.274mol) and heated to 110 C for 17.5 h. The cooled mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was to water (caution, exotherm) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was treated with aqueous sodium hydroxide (2M) to achieve pΗ 9 and extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, then brine, dried and evaporated to dryness to afford 3.6 g of a dark brown oil. The product was purified by flash chomatography on silica (150 mL), eluting with ethyl acetate / cyclohexane from 1 :10 to 1 :8 to afford 1.8 g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 282 (M+Η)+, 3.46 min (ret time).
Example 4 Ethyl l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- b] pyridine-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000079_0002
To a solution of ethyl 4-chloro-l,6-diethyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridine-5-carboxylate (380 g) in 1 -methylpyrrolidine (3166 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (469.8 mL) and tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamine (163 g) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h. The cooled mixture was treated with water (12 liters) and extracted with ethyl acetate (6 x 1250 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to afford 520 g of a dark brown oil. The product was purified by flash chomatography on silica using ethyl acetate / cyclohexane @1 :4 - 1 :2 as eluant to afford 336 g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 347 (M+Η)+, 3.02 min (ret time). Example 5 [l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4-6]pyridin- 5-yl] methanol
Figure imgf000080_0001
To ethyl 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridine-5- carboxylate (60.43 g, 174 mmol) in dry TΗF (300 mL) was added dry methanol (28.3 mL) followed by the addition of lithium borohydride (2M in TΗF, 262 mL, 523 mmol) over 30 mins. The mixture was heated to reflux. After 1 h additional methanol (14.1 mL) was added. After a further 30 mins additional methanol (14.1 mL) was added. After a further 30 mins the mixture was cooled in an ice bath and treated with methanol (100 mL) followed (cautiously) with water (1,000 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 h and then extracted with dichloromethane (1,500 mL total). The combined organics were washed with water, then brine, dried and evaporated to dryness to afford 49.84g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 305 (M+Η)+, 1.79 min (ret time).
Example 6 5-(Azidomethyl)-l,6-diethyl-Λ/-(tetrahydro-2//-pyran-4-yl)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- b\ pyridin-4-amine
Figure imgf000080_0002
To [l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethanol (24.9 g, 82 mmol) was added thionyl chloride (90 mL, 1.23 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 80 C under an atmosphere of nitrogen. After 2 h the mixture was cooled, evaporated and the residue azeotroped with toluene. The residue was then dissolved in a solution of sodium azide (7.98 g, 123 mmol) in DMSO (120 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 h. The above procedure was repeated on the same scale and the 2 reactions combined for work-up. The combined DMSO mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted thoroughly with ethyl acetate and the combined organics were washed with water, then brine, dried and evaporated to afford 58.9 g of a brown solid. The product was purified by flash chomatography on 1.5 kg of silica using a step gradient from 3: 1 to 2: 1 cyclohexane / ethyl acetate to afford 39.94 g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 330 (M+Η)+, 2.21 min (ret time). Example 7 5-(Aminomethyl)-l,6-diethyl-Λ^tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b] pyridin-4-amine
Figure imgf000081_0001
Palladium on charcoal (10%, 50% w/w water, 8g) was treated with ethanol (200 mL) followed by a solution of 5-(azidomethyl)-l,6-diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-4-amine (39.94 g, 121 mmol) in ethanol (1,200 mL). The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 16 h. The catalyst was then removed by filtration and the filtrate removed of solvent in vacuo to reveal 41.24 g of a black oil. The product was purified by flash chomatography on 1 kg of silica using a step gradient from 5-20% methanol in dichloromethane to afford 32.66 g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 304 (M+Η)+, 1.71 min (ret time).
Example 8 [5'-(Aminomethyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl] methanol
Figure imgf000081_0002
To a solution of [3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (2g, 13.2 mmol) in 1,4-dioxan (40 mL) was added [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amine hydrochloride (3.18 g, 13.2 mmol), potassium carbonate (9.1 g, 66 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) (456 mg, 0.4 mmol). The mixture was split into 4 x 20 mL capacity microwave vials and each was treated with water (3 mL). The mixtures were each heated at 150 0C for 20 mins. One sixth of the total reaction mixture was treated with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 80 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (magnesium sulphate) and evaporated to dryness and the product purified by flash chomatography on silica using 0-50% ethyl acetate / cyclohexane followed by dichloromethane / ammonia solution / methanol @ 8: 1 : 1 as eluants. Product- containing fractions were combined and evaporated to dryness to afford 402 mg of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 463 (M+H)+, 0.65 min (ret time). The remaining five-sixths of the reaction mixture was worked up in the same manner and purified by flash chomatography using ethyl acetate / cyclohexane @ 1 : 1 followed by dichloromethane / ammonia solution / methanol @ 8: 1 :1 as eluants. This yielded 1.97 g of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 463 (M+H)+, 0.65 min (ret time).
Example 9 2-Bromo-4-methylbenzamide
Figure imgf000082_0001
To a suspension of 2-bromo-4-methylbenzoic acid (15.0 g, 69.8 mmol) in toluene (60 mL), thionyl chloride (10.3 mL) and DMF (0.10 mL) were added and stirred at 50 °C for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess thionyl chloride was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in toluene (50 mL), and the mixture was added to the solution of ammonia (25%, 60 mL). The white precipitate was filtered over Celite and dried in vacuo to afford 2-bromo-4- methylbenzamide (14.8 g, 99%).
Example 10 2-Bromo-4-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000082_0002
To a suspension of 2-bromo-4-methylbenzamide (14.8 g, 69.1 mmol) in CHCI3 was added phosphorous pentoxide (24.5 g, 172.8 mmol) and the mixture keep refluxing for 12 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, and put into the ice water under the condition of stirring.
The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCI3 (150 mL x 2).
The combined organic phase was washed with brine, and dried over Na2SOzI. Evaporation of the solvent afforded the title compound, 2-bromo-4-methylbenzonitrile (13.3 g, 98%). 1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.41 (s, 3 H), 7.20 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.51-7.54 (m, 2 H).
Example 11 2-Bromo-4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000082_0003
A mixture of 2-bromo-4-methylbenzonitrile (13.3 g, 81.4 mmol), NBS (14.4 g, 84.4 mmol) and BPO (0.20 g) in CCl4 (150 mL) was heated for 4 h at reflux. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered. Then the solid was washed with CCl4 (20 mL x 2) and the combined filtrates were washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), water (2 x 100 mL) and sodium thiosulfate (50 mL). The organic phase was dried over NaSO4 and concentrated in vacuum afforded the titled compound, 2-bromo-4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile (18.7 g, 100%).
Example 12 2-Bromo-4-[(l,3-dioxo-l,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl] benzonitrile
Figure imgf000083_0001
To a solution of 2-bromo-4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile (18.0 g, 65.5 mmol) in DMF (60 mL), potassium phthalide (18.2 g, 98.2 mmol) was added, and then the mixture was stirred under reflux for 4 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. After removing DMF under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (200 mL), and washed with water (50 mL x 2). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was recrystallized from toluene and EtOH to give the product, 2-bromo-4- [(l,3-dioxo-l,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl] benzonitrile (13.5 g, 61%).
Example 13 4-(Aminomethyl)-2-bromobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000083_0002
To a suspension of 2-bromo-4-[(l,3-dioxo-l,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl] benzonitrile (8.0 g, 23.5 mmol) in EtOH (150 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (85%, 2.76 g). The mixture was refluxed for 3 h. At room temperature 2 N HCl (60 mL) was added (pH=3), and the mixture was filtered and rinsed with water (50 mL x 4). The filtrate was evaporated to about 150 mL and filtered again. After addition of NaHCθ3 to adjust the pH=9, the filtrate was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL x 3). The combined extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removing the solvent, IN HCl in MeOH (50 mL) was added and the solvent was evaporated to afford crude material as a white solid. Recrystallization from MeOH-Et2O yielded 4.3 g of the product, 4-(aminomethyl)-2-bromobenzonitrile (yield: 75.8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 4.21 (S, 2 H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, J=I.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 13C NMR (I OO MHZ, D2O): δ42.3, 115.5, 118.0, 125.6, 128.4, 133.4, 135.5, 139.9; HPLC: retention time: 4.709 min; purity: 99.7%. Example 14 3-Bromo-5-fhiorobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000084_0001
A 250-mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar was charged with 1,3- dibromo-5-fluorobenzene (7.70 g, 30.3 mmol), DMF (45 mL), pyridine (4.9 mL), and copper (I) cyanide (2.72 g, 30.3 mmol) under nitrogen. A reflux condenser was attached to the flask. The green, cloudy mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 h. Once lower Rf impurities were observed, the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 30 mL of ether, and a precipitate formed in the dark solution. The precipitate was gravity- filtered though Celite. The filtrate was rinsed thee times with ether (100 mL/50 g bromide). The isolated solution was added to a separatory funnel. The organic layer was washed with a 2:1 mixture of water and concentrated ammonium hydroxide (30 mL), followed by saturated ammonium chloride solution (2 x 30 mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (30 mL). The aqueous layers were extracted with ether (3 x 40 mL). The organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The product was purified by flash column chomatography to yield 3-bromo-5-fluorobenzonitrile (2.1O g, 35%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.62 (s, 1 H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 1 H), 7.35-7.32 (m, 1 H).
Example 15 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-5-fhiorophenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000084_0002
NaBH4 (1.99 g, 52.5 mmol) was cautiously added to a solution of NiCl2 (1.36 g,
10.5 mmol), BOC2O (4.58 g, 21.0 mmol) and 3-bromo-5-fluorobenzonitrile (2.10 g, 10.5 mmol) in absolute ethanol (30 mL) at 0 0C (vigorous reaction with the formation of a black precipitate). Once the reaction had subsided the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 30 min. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and the precipitate was dissolved in EtOAc, filtered and repeatedly washed with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated NaHCO3, and dried (Na2SO4). After removing the solvent, the product, was purified by flash column chomatography to yield 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-5-fluorophenyl) methyljcarbamate (2.20 g, 69%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.46 (S, 9 H), 4.28-4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.87 (br, 1 H), 6.93-7.29 (m, 3 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 20.3, 43.6, 44.1, 79.7, 80.0, 113.0, 114.0, 117.7, 122.5, 126.0, 123.0, 141.7, 155.9, 161.5, 164.0. Example 16 3-Bromo-2-fhiorobenzoic acid
Figure imgf000085_0001
To a stirred solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (31.1 g, 0.22 mol) in THF (200 mL) was added dropwise a solution of butyl lithium (0.22 mol) in hexane (146.7 mL) at -10 0C. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at -10 0C and the fluoroarene (l-bromo-2-fluorobenzene) in THF (100 mL) was consecutively added to the solution at -75 0C. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at -75 0C, before being poured on excess of CO2 gas. Then the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred over night. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was dissolved in water (150 mL), washed with diethyl ether (2 x 50 mL), acidified (to pH 1) and the solid was filtered off and dried under vacuum to give 24.3 g of the title compound as a white solid (yield: 55%).
Example 17 3-Bromo-2-fhiorobenzamide
Figure imgf000085_0002
To a stirred solution of 3-bromo-2-fluorobenzoic acid (24.3 g, 111 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) was added SOCl2 (12.2 mL, 166 mmol). The mixture was stirred under reflux for 6 h until the solution is colorless. CH2Cl2 was removed under vacuum. Then the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and then added dropwise to NH3H2O (80 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O (50 mL x 2), brine and dried over Na2SOzI, filtered and concentrated to give 23.8 g of the title compound as a white solid (98% yield).
Example 18 [(3-Bromo-2-fluorophenyl)methyl] amine
Figure imgf000085_0003
To a solution of 3-bromo-2-fluorobenzamide (3.0 g, 13.76 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added BH3. Me2S (1.57 mL, 20.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 2 h (monitored by TLC). The reaction was quenched by adding HCl (20 mL, 3 N) after which the result mixture was stirred for 2 h and then THF was removed under vacuum. The aqueous layer was extracted with
AcOEt (30 mL), and then was adjusted to pH = 9.0 with NaOH (1 N). Then the aqueous layer was extracted with AcOEt (50 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SOzI, filtered and concentrated to give 1.30 g of the title compound as a colorless oil (yield: 46%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 4.30 (S, 2 H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H),7.73-7.77 (m, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, D2O) δ 37.4, 108.9, 121.2, 126.2, 130.7, 135.1, 156.2, 158.6.
Example 19 l-Bromo-3-(bromomethyl)-5-methylbenzene
Figure imgf000086_0001
To a solution of l-bromo-3,5-dimethylbenzene (25.0 g, 135.0 mmol) in CCU (150 mL), was added l,3-dibromo-5,5- dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (14.5 g, 54.0 mmol) and dibenzoyl peroxide (BPO) (0.2 g) and the mixture was refluxed for 7 h. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the precipitate was filtered out using Celite, and then the solid was rinsed two times with pentane (50 mL). The combined filtrates were washed with water (50 mL), followed by saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and sodium thiosulfate (50 mL x 2). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent afforded the compound l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)-5-methylbenzene (35.6 g, 99%).
Example 20 2-[(3-Bromo-5-methylphenyl)methyl]-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione
Figure imgf000086_0002
To a solution of l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)-5-methylbenzene (34.0 g, 128.8 mmol) in
DMF (200 mL), was added potassium phthalide (28.9 g, 154.6 mmol , and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 2 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. After the solvent was remove under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (300 mL), and washed with water (50 mL x 3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent gave a white solid. The solid was recrystallized from toluene and EtOH to give the product, 2-[(3-bromo-5-methylphenyl) methyl]-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione (28.5 g, 67%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87-7.72 (m, 4 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (s, 1 H), 7.15 (s, 1 H), 4.77 (s, 2 H), 2.30 (s, 3 H). Example 21 [(3-Bromo-5-methylphenyl)methyl] amine
Figure imgf000087_0001
To a suspension of 2-[(3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)methyl]-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H) -dione (6.5 g, 19.7 mmol) in EtOH (120 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (85%, 2.3 g). The mixture was refluxed for 3 h. After being cooled to room temperature, 2 N HCl (60 mL) was added to obtain a pH=3, and the mixture was filtered and rinsed with water (50 mL x 4). The filtrate was evaporated to about 150 mL and filtered again. After addition of 2 N NaOH (60 mL) (pH=9), the filtrate was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL x 4). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give 2.9 g of the residue. MeOH (20 mL) and cone. HCl (5 mL) were added and evaporated to afford crude material as a white solid. Recrystallization from MeOH-Et2O yielded the product [(3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)methyl]amine (3.1 g, 73%) as colorless fine needles. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 1 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 3.98 (s, 2 H), 2.20 (s, 3 H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 141.9, 134.6, 132.7, 128.7, 128.5, 122.2, 42.6, 20.4.
Example 22 5-Bromo-2-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000087_0002
Water (13.5 mL), HBr (74%, 14.4 mL) and 5-amino-2-methylbenzonitrile (2.0 g, 15.1 mmol) dissolved in water (24 mL) was added to a flask and heated to 50° C for for 20 min. Then the mixture was cooled to 0-5 0C, and a solution OfNaNO2 (1.2 g, 17.4 mmol) in water was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at 0-5 °C, then was warmed to 40 °C. A solution of CuBr (6.5 g, 45.1 mmol) in water (36 mL) and HBr (7.2 mL) was added to the mixture, and refluxed for 2 h. The mixture was extracted with AcOEt, and the organic layer was washed by saturated NaHCθ3 solution and brine, and dried over Na2SOφ The crude product was purified by flask chomatograph (PE:EA=50: 1), obtaining 2.3 g of 5-bromo-2-methylbenzonitrile as a white solid (yield: 77%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.72 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H). Example 23 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(5-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000088_0001
NaBH4 (2.4 g, 64.3 mmol) was added cautiously to a solution of NiCl2 (2.8 g, 21.6 mmol), BoC2O (9.6 g, 44.0 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-methylbenzonitrile (4.2 g, 21.4 mmol) in EtOH (150 mL) at 0 0C within 0.5 h, then stirred for 40 min. After the reaction had subsided, the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 0.5 h. Then the solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in AcOEt and a saturated solution of NaHCθ3, then filtered and washed with AcOEt. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by flask chomatograph (PE: EA=30: 1), obtaining 2.7 g of the product, 1,1- dimethylethyl [(5-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]carbamate, as a white solid (Yield: 42%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 1 H), 7.01 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.72 (s, 1 H), 4.26-4.30 (m, 2 H), 2.25 (s, 3 H), 1.46 (s, 9 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 155.9, 139.1, 132.2, 130.6, 127.7, 126.3, 119.9, 42.4, 20.6, 18.7; HPLC: retention time: 4.671 min; purity: 97.2%.
Example 24 l,3-Dibromo-2-methyl-5-nitrobenzene
Figure imgf000088_0002
To a CHCl3 solution (120 mL) of 1 -methyl-4-nitrobenzene (30.0 g, 218.8 mmol), iron powder (3.6 g, 64.5 mmol) was added with mechanically stirring. Then bromine (124.8 g, 40 mL, 780.9 mmol) was added slowly while raising temperature to 40 C. After addition of the bromine, the mixture was heated to reflux for 48 h. After cooling, the solution was washed with a saturated Na2SO3 solution, saturated Na2CO3 solution, brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After the solvent was removed, the residue was recrystallized from MeOH, giving 26.5 g of the title compound as yellow crystals. An additional 12.3 g of the title compound was obtained by silica column chomatography. Total yield: 60%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.67 (s, 3 H), 8.38 (s, 2 H). Example 25 (3,5-Dibromo-4-methylphenyl)amine
Figure imgf000089_0001
l,3-Dibromo-2-methyl-5-nitrobenzene (11.3 g, 38.3 mmol) was dissolved in THF/EtOH (100 mL/100 mL), then SnCl2-2H2O (43.2 g, 191.6 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. After the solvent was removed, a NaOH solution (25 g/ 200 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL x 2) and dried over anhydrous Na2SOzI. After removing EtOAc, CH2Cl2 was added, and then concentrated HCl (7 mL) was added to form hydrochloric acid salt, which was collected by filteration. The solid was used in subsequent reactions without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 2.43 (s, 3 H), 3.61 (br, 2 H), 6.86 (s, 2 H).
Example 26 l,3-Dibromo-2-methylbenzene
Figure imgf000089_0002
A solution of (3,5-dibromo-4-methylphenyl)amine dissolved in water (80 mL) and concentrated HCl (7.5 mL) stirring for 20 min, then the mixture was cooled to 0-5 °C, and a solution OfNaNO2 (3.4 g/ 40 mL H2O) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0-5 C, then the suspension was added to a solution of hypophosphorous acid (50%, 27.9 g), and the mixture was cooled to 0 C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then it was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL x 2). The organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL) and dried over Na2SOφ After silica column chomatography, (eluted with petroleum ether), 3.57 g product was obtained, as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.57 (s, 3 H), 6.89 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H).
Example 27 3-Bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid
Figure imgf000089_0003
To a solution of l,3-dibromo-2-methylbenzene (6.57 g) in dry THF (100 mL), t-BuLi solution (1.5 M in pentane, 17 mL) was added dropwise at -80 C. Then reaction mixture was stirred between -76 — 78 C for 2 h. Then the mixture was cooled to below -80 C and dry ice was added after which the mixture was warmed to room temperature naturally. Solvent was removed, 5% NaOH solution (40 mL) added and the the aqueous solution was washed with CH2Cl2 (10 mL x 2). Then the aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl to pH=l and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After removing the solvent, the residue was purified by silica column chomatography, (eluted with petrol, ether: EtOAc=8: l to 1 : 1), to obtain 3.58 g of the product. Yield: 63.4%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.73 (s, 3 H), 7.15 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, ./=1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, J=1.2 Hz, I H).
Example 28 3-Bromo-2-methylbenzamide
Figure imgf000090_0001
3-Bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (3.7 g) was suspended in dry toluene (50 mL), thionyl chloride (3.8 mL) was added, and then the mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dry THF (10 mL) and toluene (10 mL), added to concentrated ammonia solution (20 mL), and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was filtered and the obtained white solid was washed with petrol ether and dried under vacuum to give 1.2 g of product. The mixture was concentrated to half volume and then extracted with EtOAc, which was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After solvent was removed, the white solid was stirred with 20 mL petroleum ether : 2 mL ethyl acetate, filtered, and an additional 1.5 g product was obtained. Procduct which was used in next step without further purification. Yield: 84%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.52 (s, 3 H), 5.75 (br, 1 H), 5.94 (br, 1 H), 7.08 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (dd, J=7.4 Hz, J=LO Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.2 Hz, J=I.4 Hz, 1 H).
Example 29 [(3-Bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl] amine
Figure imgf000090_0002
3-Bromo-2-methylbenzamide (1.4 g) was dissolved in dry THF (15 mL) under nitrogen, then Me2S-BH3 (94 %, 1.34 mL) was added slowly. After stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was heated to 50 C overnight. When 3-bromo-2-methylbenzamide disappeared, methanol was added dropwise until there was no more air bubble formed. Then 1 0 min later, 10% HCl was added dropwise, the mixture stirred for 1 h, and then solvent was removed. The white residual was recrystallized with iPrOH to obtain 1.1 g of the product. Yield: 35%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.42 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (s, 2 H), 7.20 (t, J
Figure imgf000091_0001
=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J!=7.6 Hz, I H), 8.49 (br, 3 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 18.8, 19.0, 46.1, 125.2, 127.4, 127.5, 129.0, 129.1, 132.1, 132.5, 134.7, 135.9, 136.1, 136.5; HPLC: retention time: 4.696 min; purity: 96.0%.
Example 30 2-Amino-5-bromo-3-(methyloxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000091_0002
To a solution of 2-amino-3-(methyloxy)benzoic acid (15.0 g, 89.7 mmol) in MeOH
(100 mL) was added NBS (16.8 g, 94.2 mmol) at -5 0C. The reaction was kept stirring at 00C overnight, then put into the ice water under the condition of stirring. A precipitate formed and was filtered out using Celite, and dried in vacuo to afford 2-amino-5-bromo-3-(methyloxy) benzoic acid (22.0 g, 99%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.65 (s, 1 H), 6.93 (s, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3 H).
Example 31 3-Bromo-5-(methyloxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000091_0003
To a solution of 2-amino-5-bromo-3-(methyloxy)benzoic acid (16.40 g, 66.65 mmol) in H2O (80 mL), was added cone. HCl (30 mL) and THF (5 mL) at 00C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then NaNO2 (14.00 g, 202.91 mmol) was cautiously added to the solution. This solution was stirred for 2 h, and then H3PO2 (22.00 g, 333.35 mmol) was cautiously added to the solution. The solution was kept stirring overnight at the room temperature (monitored by TLC), then filtered and rinsed with water (50 mL x 2). The resulting solid was dried to afford 3- bromo-5-(methyloxy)benzoic acid (9.60 g, 62%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.46 (t, J=I.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (q, J=16.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (t, J=16.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.84 (s, 1 H). Example 32 3-Bromo-5-(methyloxy)benzamide
Figure imgf000092_0001
To a suspension of 3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)benzoic acid (9.6 g, 41.6 mmol) in toluene (60 mL) were added thionyl chloride (9.89 g, 83.1 mmol) and DMF (0.10 mL) and the mixture stirred at 50 C for 4 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then the excess thionyl chloride was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in toluene (50 mL), and the mixture was added to a solution of ammonia (25%, 50 mL). A precipitate formed and was filtered off using Celite, and dried to afford 3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)benzamide (8.70 g, '
Example 33 {[3-Bromo-5-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} amine
Figure imgf000092_0002
To a solution of 3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)benzamide (4.00 g, 17.4 mmol) in THF (60 mL) was added BH3»Me2S (2.64 g, 34.8 mol) at 00C. After the end of the addition, the mixture was kept refluxing overnight (followed by TLC). It was then cooled to room temperature and EtOH was cautiously added to the reaction mixture. When no more air bubbles appeared, the mixture was acidified with IN HCl to pH=2. Then the mixture was stirred at 500C overnight and the reactin mixture filtered and the solid rinsed with water (20 mL x 2). The combined filtrate was washed with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). After addition of 2N NaOH (pH=10), the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give 2.7g (72%) the product. MeOH (10 mL) and cone. HCl (10 mL) were added and evaporated to afford crude material as a white solid. Recrystallization from MeOH-Et2O gave the product (3.10 g, 71%), {[3-bromo-5- (methyloxy)phenyl]methyl} amine, as colorless fine needles. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 7.12- 7.09 (m, 2 H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 3.98 (s, 2 H), 3.69 (s, 3 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, D2O) 8160.2, 135.8, 124.2, 123.0, 117.8, 114.0, 55.8, 42.5; HPLC: retention time: 5.452 min.
Example 34 5-Bromo-2-(methyloxy)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000092_0003
Br2 (13.7 g, 86.0 mmol) in CHCl3 (20 mL) was added to a solution of 2-
(methyloxy)benzonitrile (10.9 g, 81.9 mmol) in CHCl3 (50 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 29 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, and washed with saturated sodium bisulfite (50 mL), and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent afforded 5-bromo-2-(methyloxy)benzonitrile (12.4 g, 71%).
Example 35 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[5-bromo-2-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000093_0001
NaBH4 (2.9 g, 75.5 mmol) was cautiously added in several portions to a solution OfNiCl2 (2.6 g, 19.8 mmol), BoC2O (8.2 g, 37.7 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-(methyloxy)benzonitrile (4.0 g, 18.9 mmol) in dry EtOH (70 mL) at 0 0C. Once the reaction had subsided, the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 3 h. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and saturated solution of NaHCθ3, then filtered and the aqueous layer was repeatedly washed with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography to give the captioned the product (1.5g yield: 25%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.36-7.33 (m, 2 H), 6.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.97 (br, 1 H), 4.27(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.82 (s, 3 H), 1.45 (s, 9 H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 156.5, 155.8, 131.7, 131.1, 129.3, 111.8, 79.5, 55.5, 39.9, 26.4. HPLC: retention time.
Example 36 2-Bromo-6-methylphenol
Figure imgf000093_0002
To a solution of o-cresol (20.0 g, 0.19 mol) and /Pr2NH (2.63 mL, 18.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (500 mL), a solution of NBS (32.9 g, 0.19 mol) in CH2Cl2 (500 mL) was added dropwise over 7 h and the mixture was stirred over night at room temperature. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH =1 with cone, sulfuric acid and water (400 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. 34.6 g of the crude product was obtained (yield: 97%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.30 (s, 3 H), 5.54 (s, 2 H), 6.71 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.05 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H). Example 37 l-Bromo-3-methyl-2-(methyloxy)benzene
Figure imgf000094_0001
To a solution of 2-bromo-6-methylphenol (34.6 g, 0.18 mol) in THF (300 mL) was added NaH (9.6 g, 0.24 mol, 60%) in several portions. After the mixture was stirred for 1 h, Me2SO4 (28.0 g, 0.22 mol) was added dropwise. Then the mixture was stirred over night. Water (50 mL) was added, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Then the residue was dissolved in Et2O (250 mL) and the organic layer was washed with NaOH (5%, 100 mL), brine (100 mL), and dried with Na2SOzI. After removing the solvent, 35.3 g of the crude product was obtained (yield: 95%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.33 (s, 3 H), 3.81 (s, 3 H), 6.88 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H).
Example 38 l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)-2-(methyloxy)benzene
Figure imgf000094_0002
l-Bromo-3-methyl-2-(methyloxy)benzene (30.3 g, 0.15 mol), NBS (28.2 g, 0.16 mol), and BPO (1.83 g, 7.55 mmol) were suspended in 300 mL of CCl4, and the mixture was heated to 80 0C over night. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was filtrated and the solid was washed with CCl4 (30 mL x T). The filtrate was washed with NaHSO3 (aq. 250 mL x T), Na2CO3 (aq. 100 mL x T), brine (100 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. After removing the solvent, 41.4 g of the crude product was obtained (yield: 97.9%).
Example 39 2-{[3-Bromo-2-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione
Figure imgf000094_0003
Potassium phthalate (28.8 g, 0.16 mol) was added to a solution of l-bromo-3- (bromomethyl)-2-(methyloxy)benzene (41.4 g, 0.15 mol) in DMF (350 mL). The mixture was heated to 90 0C over night. Then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CHCl3 (300 mL), and filtered. The filtrate was washed with H2O (100 mL x T), brine (100 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. After removing the solvent, the residue was recrystallized from EtOH (200 mL) givning 26.7 g of the product as white solid, (yield: 52.1%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.98 (s, 3 H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.93 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.72-7.87 (m, 4 H).
Example 40 {[3-Bromo-2-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} amine
Figure imgf000095_0001
Hydrazine hydrate (7.8 g, 154 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-{[3-bromo-2- (methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione (26.7 g, 77.2 mmol) in EtOH (300 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to 90 0C for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with EtOAc (300 mL x 2). The filtrate was evaporated to about 50 mL and filtered again. After removing the solvent, the residue was dissolved in 20 mL of MeOH, and then IN HCl was added to obtain a white solid. Then the white solid was recrystallized from MeOH-Et2O to obtain 9.0 g of the product (yield: 46.3%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 7.02 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, D2O) δ 37.7, 60.2, 115.6, 125.3, 126.6, 128.8, 133.8, 153.7; MS: m/z 254.1 (M+); HPLC: retention time: 7.618 min; purity: 98.8%.
Example 41 l-Bromo-3-(bromomethyl)-5-methylbenzene
Figure imgf000095_0002
A mixture of l-bromo-3,5-dimethylbenzene (25.0 g, 135 mmol), NBS (24.0 g, 135 mmol) and BPO (1.30 g) in CCU (250 mL) was refluxed for 6 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO/t) and concentrated in vacuum to give 40.0 g of crude product l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)- 5-methylbenzene.
Example 42 (3-Bromo-5-methylphenyl)methanol
Figure imgf000095_0003
A mixture of l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)-5-methylbenzene (40.0 g, 151 mmol), 1, 4- dioxane (150 mL), water (150 mL) and calcium carbonate (37.9 g, 379 mmol) was heated for 16 h at reflux. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum, then diluted with CH2Cl2 (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with HCl (2N, 50 mL) and a solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried over (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuum to give 25.0 g of crude product (3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)methanol.
Example 43 3-Bromo-5-methylbenzoic acid
Figure imgf000096_0001
A solution OfKMnO4 (39.3 g, 249 mmol) in water (600 mL) was added slowly to a solution of (3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)methanol (25.0 g, 124 mmol) in acetone (500 mL). The mixture was kept at reflux for 60 mins. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was acidified with HCl (2N, 100 mL). A brown precipitate formed and was dissolved by adding a solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL); then acetone was evaporated in vacuum. Ammonia (150 mL) was added. The mixture was filtered over Celite and the filtrate acidified with concentrated HCl. The product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuum to obtain 16.0 g of the acid, 3- bromo-5-methylbenzoic acid, as white crystals (yield: 60 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (s, 1 H), 7.85-7.84 (m, 1 H), 7.58 (s, 1 H), 2.40 (s, 3 H).
Example 44 3-Bromo-5-methylbenzamide
Figure imgf000096_0002
l,l '-Carbonyl diimadazole (42.2 g, 260.4 mmol) was cautiously added to a solution of 3- bromo-5-methylbenzoic acid (16.0 g, 74.4 mmol) in EA (300 mL), and then the mixture was kept at reflux for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, NH3 (g) was passed though the mixture for 1 h. It was filtered and the organic layer was washed with HCl (10%, 100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum to obtain 15.0 g of 3-bromo- 5-methylbenzamide as white crystals (yield: 94 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73-7.72 (m, 1 H), 7.56-7.55 (m, 1 H), 7.50-7.49 (m 1 H), 2.39 (s, 3 H). Example 45 3-Bromo-5-methylbenzonitrile
Figure imgf000097_0001
Phosphorous pentoxide (29.8 g, 210.2 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3-bromo-5- methylbenzamide (15.0 g, 70.1 mmol) in CHCl3 and the mixture was kept refluxing for 2 days (monitored by TLC). The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, and put into ice water under the condition of stirring. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (150 mL x 2). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over NaSO4. The product, 3-bromo-5-methylbenzonitrile (7.20 g, 52%), was purified by flash column chomatography. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.60-7.56 (m, 2 H), 7.40-7.39 (m, 1 H), 2.39 (s, 3 H).
Example 46 3-Bromo-5-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000097_0002
A mixture of 3-bromo-5-methylbenzonitrile (9.80 g, 45.0 mmol), N-bromosuccinimide (8.90 g, 45.0 mmol) and BPO (0.40 g) in CCl4 (250 mL) was heated for 10 h at reflux. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered, and the organic phase was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum to give 12.5 g of crude 3-bromo-5-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile.
Example 47 3-Bromo-5-[(l,3-dioxo-l,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl] benzonitrile
Figure imgf000097_0003
A suspension of 3-bromo-5-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile (12.5 g, 45.5 mmol), potassium phthalate (7.16 g, 38.6 mmol), and in DMF (100 mL) was stirred under reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was remove under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in CHCI3 (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL x 2), dried over Na2SOzI, and concentrated in vacuum to obtain 15.2 g of the crude product. The product, 3-bromo- 5-[(l,3-dioxo-l,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl] benzonitrile (3.50 g, 23%) was purified by flash column chomatography. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.90-7.87 (m, 2 H), 7.81-7.80 (m, 1 H), 7.77-7.75 (m, 2 H), 7.71-7.70 (m, 1 H), 7.66-7.65 (m, 1 H), 4.83 (s, 2 H).
Example 48 3-(Aminomethyl)-5-bromobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000098_0001
Hydrazine hydrate (85%, 1.31 g) was added to a suspension of 3-bromo-5-[(l,3-dioxo-l,3- dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl] benzonitrile (3.50 g, 10.3 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 3 h. Then, at room temperature, 2 N HCI (20 mL) was added (pH=3), and the mixture was filtered and the solid was rinsed with water (20 mL x T). The filtrate was evaporated to about 50 mL and filtered again. After addition OfNaHCO3 (pH=9), the filtrate was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL x 3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give crude product. It was recrystallized from MeOH-Et2O yielding the the product (1.40 g, 55%) as colorless fine needles. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 7.92 (m, I H), 7.84 (m, 1 H), 7.69 (m, I H), 4.11 (s, 2 H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 137.1, 135.9, 135.8, 131.7, 123.0, 117.7, 113.8, 42.0; MS: m/z 209.0 (M+-HCl); HPLC: retention time: 9.313 min; purity: 98.4%.
Example 49 (3-Bromophenyl)methanol
Figure imgf000098_0002
Sodium borohydride (7.1 g, 186.1 mmol) in several portions was added to a solution of 3- bromobenzaldehyde (114.8 g, 620.4 mmol) in EtOH (650 mL) at 25 0C. Then the mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water (200 mL). After removing EtOH, the residue was dissolved in AcOEt (500 mL), and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water (150 mL), brine (150 mL), and dried over Na2SOφ After removing the solvent, 115.8 g of the title compound was obtained (yield: 99.8%). Example 50 {[(3-Bromophenyl)methyl]oxy}(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilane
Figure imgf000099_0001
tert-Butyl dimethylsilyl chloride (18.7 g, 124.3 mmol), Et3N (14.08 g, 139.2 mmol) and DMAP (194.3 mg, 8.9 mmol) were dissolved in CH2Cl2 (120 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0- 5 0C. (3-Bromophenyl)methanol (18.5 g, 99.4 mmol) was added dropwise to the solution. After the addition of the (3-bromophenyl)methanol, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. 5%HC1 was added to the reaction mixture to adjust the pH=4-5. Then the organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. After removing the solvent, 28.5 g of {[(3-bromophenyl)methyl]oxy}(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilane was obtained (Yield: 95.1%).
Example 51 [3-({[(l,l-Dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic
Figure imgf000099_0002
A solution of { [(3 -bromophenyl)methyl] oxy } (dimethyl)silane-2,2-dimethylpropane (1 :1)
(100.0 g, 331.9 mmol) in THF (500 mL) was cooled to -78 C, and then n-BuLi (132.7 mL, 331.9 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for Ih at -78 0C. Then B(OBu)3 (107.5 mL, 398.2 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, and stirred over night. After cooling to 00C, 5% H3PO4 was added to pH=4-5 and the mixture stirred 0.5 h and then filtered. After removing THF, the residue was extracted with Et2O (200 mL x T), and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 After removing the solvent, the residue was added to water, and a white solid precipitated which was dried in vacuo to give 65.7 g of [3 - ({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)-(dimethyl)silyl] oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (yield: 74.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.14 (s, 6 H), 0.98 (s 9 H), 4.88 (s, 2 H), 7.49-7.59 (m, 2 H), 8.14 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (s, I H). Example 52 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-4-cyanophenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000100_0001
A solution of BOC2O (2.1 g, 9.8 mmol) in CH2Ck (IO mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of 4-(aminomethyl)-2-bromobenzonitrile (2.2 g, 8.9 mmol) and Na2Cθ3 (2.4 g, 21.4 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL). Then the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the solid was washed with CH2Cl2 (20 mL x 2), and then the filtrate was washed with water (20 mL x T), brine (20 mL x T) and dried over Na2SOzI. After removing the solvent, 2.6 g of 1,1-dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-4-cyanophenyl)methyl] carbamate was obtained (yield: 94%).
Example 53 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)-(methyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)- 6- methyl-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000100_0002
Pd(OAc)2 (56.3 mg, 0.25 mmol), PPh3 (263.0 mg, 1.0 mmol), K2CO3 (1.7 g, 12.5 mmol) and 1,1-dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-4-cyanophenyl)methyl]carbamate (2.6 g, 8.4 mmol) were suspended in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL). After the mixture was heated to 80 0C for 15 min, [3- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid - (l,l-dimethylethyl)(trimethyl)silane (2.7 g, 10.0 mmol) was added. Then the reaction mixture was stirred over night at 1000C. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL), washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. After the solvent was removed, the crude product was purified on Al2O3 column chomatography, eluting with CH2Cl2 to yield the captioned product (2.6 g, yield: 60%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.12 (s, 6 H), 0.95 (s 9 H), 1.46 (s, 9 H), 4.41-4.42 (m, 2 H), 4.81 (s, 2 H), 7.37-7 '.47 (m, 6 H), 7.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ -5.3, 18.4, 25.9, 28.3, 44.2, 64.7, 80.0, 109.9, 118.6, 126.1, 126.2, 126.4, 127.3, 128.6, 134.0, 137.9, 142.0, 144.5, 145.8, 155.8; HPLC: retention time: 9.500 min; purity: 95.2 % (HPLC). Example 54 3 '-({ [(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl] oxy} methyl)-5-fluoro- 3- biphenylcarbonitrile
Figure imgf000101_0001
3-Bromo-5-fluorobenzonitrile (5.00 g, 25.0 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (0.15 g), PPh3 (0.60 g) and K2CO3 (5.18 g, 37.5 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (60 mL). The mixture was heated at 700C for 30 min, then [3 -({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl] oxy} methyl) phenyljboronic acid (7.99 g, 30.0 mmol) was added. The mixture reaction was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, then diluted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). And the organic layer was dried over Na2SOzI. The product 3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl) (dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-5-fluoro-3-biphenylcarbonitrile (5.10 g, 60%) was purified by flash column chomatography. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.67 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.54-7.32 (m, 5 H), 4.81 (s, 2 H), 0.94 (s, 9 H), 0.13 (s, 6 H).
Example 55 l^-Dimethylethyl JIS'-CJICl^-dimethylethylXdimethyOsilylloxy methyO-S- fluoro-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000101_0002
NaBH4 (3.57 g, 94.3 mmol) was cautiously added to a solution OfNiCl2 (1.83 g, 14.1 mmol), BoC2O (6.03 g, 27.6 mmol) and 3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)-
(dimethyl)silyl] oxy} methyl)- 5-fluoro-3-biphenylcarbonitrile (4.60 g, 13.5 mmol) in absolute ethanol (70 mL) at 00C (vigorous reaction with the formation of a black precipitate). Once the reaction had subsided the mixture was left to stir at room temperature for 30 min. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and the precipitate dissolved in EtOAc and NaHCO3, filtered and repeatedly washed with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4). The product was purified by flash column chomatography to yield 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl { [3 '-({[( 1,1- dimethylethyl)-(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-5-fluoro-3-biphenylyl]methyl}carbamate (1.90 g, 32%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51-7.16 (m, 6 H), 6.97 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.91 (s, 1 H), , 4.80 (s, 2 H), 4.38-4.37 (m, 2 H), 1.53 (s, 9 H), 0.96 (s, 9 H), 0.12 (s, 6 H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 156.0, 143.9, 142.3, 139.8, 129.0, 125.8, 124.9, 121.8, 113.1, 79.9, 65.0, 44.4, 28.5, 26.1, 18.6, -5.1; HPLC: retention time: 4.709 min; purity: 97.9% (HPLC). Example 56 3 '-({ [(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl] oxy} methyl)-2-fluoro- 3- biphenylcarboxamide
Figure imgf000102_0001
Pd(OAc)2 (123.6 mg, 0.55mmol), PPh3 (557.5 mg, 2.2 mmol), K2CO3 (3.8 g, 27.5 mmol) and 3-bromo-2-fluorobenzamide (4.0 g, 18.4 mmol) were suspended in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL). After the mixture was heated to 80 C for 15 min, [3-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}- methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (5.9 g, 22.0 mmol) was added. Then the reaction mixture was stirred over night at 100 C. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL), then was washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over Na2SOφ After the solvent was removed, the crude product was purified on an Al2O3 column chomatography, eluting with CH2C12/CH3OH (300:1). 3'-({[(l,l- Dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-2-fluoro-3-biphenylcarboxamide, was obtained (4.1 g, yield: 63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.12 (s, 6 H), 0.95 (s, 9 H), 4.81 (s, 2 H), 7.25-8.12 (m, 7 H).
Example 57 [3'-(Aminomethyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl]methanol
Figure imgf000102_0002
To a solution of 3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-2-fluoro-3- biphenylcarboxamide (3.8 g, 10.6mmol) in THF (40 mL) which was cooled to 0 °C, BH3Me2S
(14.0 mL, 21.2 mmol) was added dropwise. Then the reaction was stirred at 50 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding HCl (10 mL, 3 N) and the result mixture was stirred for 2 h before THF was removed under vacuum. The aqueous layer was extracted with AcOEt (30 mL) then the pH was adjusted to around 9.0 by adding Na2CO3. The aqueous layer was extracted with AcOEt (50 mL x 2), and dried over Na2SOφ After the solvent was removed, the crude product was purified on Al2O3 column chomatography, eluting with CH2C12/EA (10: 1). [3'- (aminomethyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl]methanol was obtained (0.83g, yield: 33%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.80 (s, 2 H), 4.56 (s, 2 H), 7.23-7.51 (m, 7 H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 62.8, 124.3, 125.8, 126.9, 127.2, 128.0, 128.1, 128.3, 128.4, 128.6, 131.6, 131.8, 135.6, 142.9, 155.6, 158.1; HPLC: retention time: 4.053 min; purity: 98.6% (HPLC).
Example 58 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-2-fhiorophenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000103_0001
To a suspension of [(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)methyl]amine (5.0 g, 20.3 mmol) and Na2CO3 (5.5 g, 51.9 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL), was added dropwise a solution of BoC2O (4.5 g, 20.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 ml). Then the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the solid was washed with CH2Cl2 (50 mL x 2), and then the filtrate was washed with water (70 mL x T), brine (70 mL x T) and dried over Na2SOzI. After removing the solvent, 5.6 g of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)methyl]carbamate was obtained (yield: 94%).
Example 59 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-2- fluoro-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000103_0002
Pd(OAc)2 (88.9 mg, 0.39 mmol), PPh3 (415.0 mg, 1.6 mmol), K2CO3 (2.7 g, 19.8 mmol) and 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)methyl]carbamate (4.0 g, 13.2 mmol) were suspended in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL). After the mixture was heated to 80 0C for 15 min, [3-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (4.2 g, 15.8 mmol) was added. Then the reaction mixture was stirred over night at 1000C. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (80 mL), then was washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), and dried over Na2SOzI. After the solvent was removed, the crude product was purified on an Al2O3 column chomatography, eluting with PE/EA (20: 1). 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-2-fluoro-3- biphenylyl]methyl} carbamate, was obtained (1.98 g, yield: 34%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.12 (s, 6 H), 0.95 (s, 9 H), 4.42-4.43 (m, 2 H), 4.80 (s, 2 H), 4.96 (s, 1 H), 7.17-7.48 (m, 7 H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ -5.3, 18.4, 25.9, 28.3, 38.9, 64.8, 124.2, 125.4, 126.7, 127.6, 128.3, 128.7, 129.7, 129.2, 129.7, 135.4, 141.6, 155.8; HPLC: retention time: 4.630 min; purity: 99.4 % (HPLC).
Example 60 l-JP'-CJICl^-DimethylethylXdimethyOsilylloxyJmethyO-S-methyl-S- biphenylyl]methyl}-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione
Figure imgf000104_0001
Pd(OAc)2(102.0 mg, 0.45 mmol, 0.03 eq.), PPh3 (476.4 mg, 1.82 mmol, 0.12 eq.), K2Cθ3(3.14 g, 22.7 mmol, 1.50 eq.) and 2-[(3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)methyl]- lH-isoindole- l,3(2H)-dione (5.00 g, 13.1 mmol, 1.00 eq.) were suspended in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) under nitrogen. After the mixture was heated to 60 C for 10 min, [3-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (4.84 g, 18.2 mmol, 1.20 eq.) was added. Then the reaction mixture was stirred over night at 100 C. After coooling it to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Then water (25 mL) was added, extracted with CH2Cl2 twice (70 mL, 50 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL x 2), dried over anhydrous Na2SOzI. After the solvent was removed, the crude product was purified on silica column chomatography, eluting with PE/EA (20: 1 to 10: 1), to give 4.2 g of product, 2-{[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-5-methyl- 3- biphenylyl]methyl}-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione, as a colorless liquid (yield: 59%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.11 (s, 6 H), 0.95 (s, 9 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 4.79 (s, 2 H), 4.87 (s, 2 H), 7.23 (s, 1 H), 7.31-7.49 (m, 6 H), 7.70-7.72 (m, 2 H), 7.84-7.86 (m, 2 H).
Example 61 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-5- methyl-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000104_0002
2-{[3'-({[(l,l-Dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-5-methyl-3- biphenylyl]methyl}-lH- isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione (4.15 g, 8.8 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in ethanol (84 mL). Then hydrazine hydrate (85%, 1.1 g, 2.0 eq.) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 5.5 h. It was filtered to remove 2,3-dihydrophthalazine- 1,4-dione and the filtrate was concentrated. Then the residue was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and filtered. After removing the solvent, 2.5 g of colorless oil was obtained. The oil was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and THF(5 mL) followed by adding anhydrous Na2COs(1.4 g, 13.2 mmol). After stirred for 15 mins a CH2Cl2 solution (20 mL) of BoC2O (2.1 g, 9.6 mmol) was added dropwise. That mixture was stirred for 30 min, filtered, and then solvent was removed. The residual was purified by chomatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=30: 1) on alumina basic to give 1.7 g of the above named product (yield was 43.2% overall from the two steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.12 (s, 6 H), 0.96 (s, 9 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H), 2.40 (s, 3 H), 4.35 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.80 (s, 1 H), 4.84 (br, 1 H), 7.09 (s, 1 H), 7.29-7.52 (m, 6 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ -5.2, 18.4, 21.4, 25.9, 28.4, 64.9, 79.4, 123.4, 124.8, 125.0, 125.7, 127.0, 127.2, 128.6, 138.7, 139.2, 140.9, 141.6, 141.9, 155.9; HPLC: retention time: 5.296 min; purity: 99.1 % (HPLC).
Example 62 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-4- methyl-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000105_0001
1,1-Dimethylethyl [(5-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]carbamate (2.7 g, 9.0 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (81 mg, 0.36 mmol), dicyclohexyl[2'-(methyloxy)-l,r-binaphthalen-2-yl] phosphane (216 mg, 0.45 mmol) and K3Pθ4 (2.5 g, 11.7 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (50 mL). The mixture was heated at 80 C for 30 min, and then [3-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (3.1 g, 11.7 mmol) was added. The mixture reaction was stirred at reflux for two days. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, then diluted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), and dried over Na2SO/t. After removing the solvent, 3.6 g ofthe crude product 1,1- dimethylethyl { [3 '-({[( 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl)-(dimethyl)silyl] oxy } methyl)-4-methyl-3 - biphenylyljmethyl} carbamate was obtained (yield: 90%).
Example 63 1,1-Dimethylethyl { [3'-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyl-3- biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000105_0002
To a solution of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]- oxy}methyl)-4-methyl-3-biphenylyl]methyl}carbamate (3.60 g, 8.2 mmol) in THF (30 mL), was added a solution of nBuJMF (2.34 g, 9.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL). This mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was diluted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL), washed with water (15 mL x 2), brine (15 mL x 2), and dried over Na2SO4. The product 1,1-dimethylethyl {[3'-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyl-3- biphenylyljmethyl} carbamate (1.5 g) was purified by flash column chomatography (PE: EA=4: 1) (yield: 53%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.47 (s, 9 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 4.37 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H), 4.76 (m, 3 H), 7.23-7.58 (m, 7 H);13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 18.6, 28.4, 42.9, 65.3, 79.5, 125.6, 125.7, 126.2, 126.8, 129.0, 130.9, 135.5, 138.9, 141.2, 141.4, 155.8; HPLC: retention time: 14.965 min; purity: 95.4 %; MS m/z 327 (M+).
Example 64 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000106_0001
[(3-Bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]amine (4.0 g, 17.0 mmol) was suspended in CH2Cl2 (50 mL), then sodium carbonate (4.8 g, 45.3 mmol) was added. After stirred for 15 min, the solution of BoC2O (4.0 g, 18.3 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added, and then the mixture was stirred overnight. After the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (40 mL). The solution was washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After silica column chomatography, (eluted with petroleum ether: EtOAc=20: 1 to 5: 1), 1.3 g of the product, 1,1-dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]carbamate, was obtained (yield: 35%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.45 (s, 9 H), 2.40 (s, 3 H), 4.34 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.71 (br, 1 H), 7.02 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, J=0.6 Hz, 1 H).
Example 65 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-2- methyl-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000106_0002
Pd(OAc)2 (25.8 mg, 0.115 mmol), PPh3 (120.6 mg, 0.46 mmol), K2CO3 (794.0 mg, 5.75 mmol) and 1,1-dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methyl]carbamate (1.15 g, 3.85 mmol) were suspended in anhydrous 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL) under nitrogen. After the mixture was heated to 60 0C for 30 min, [3-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (2.04 g, 4.62 mmol) was added. Then the mixture was stirred overnight at 100 C. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL,), and then the solution was washed with water (7 mL), brine (7 mL), and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After silica column chomatography, eluting with PE: EA =30:1, 1.1 g of the product was obtained, as a colorless liquid (yield: 65%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.10 (s, 6 H), 0.94 (s, 9 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H), 2.19 (s, 3 H), 4.38 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.76 (br, 1 H), 4.78 (s, 2 H), 7.14-7.39 (m, 7 H). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ -5.2, 16.1, 18.4, 25.9, 28.4, 43.4, 64.9, 79.4, 124.6, 125.6, 127.0, 127.9, 129.3, 133.7, 136.9, 141.2, 141.9, 143.0, 155.7; HPLC: retention time: 4.987 min; purity: 98.9 % (HPLC).
Example 66 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000107_0001
To a solution of {[3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}amine (1.3 g, 6.0 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (264.7 mg, 6.6 mmol) in H2O (6 mL), followed by dropwise addition of a solution of BoC2O (1.44 g, 6.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 3 h. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL), then the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL x 2) and dried over Na2SO4. The product 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl {[3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} carbamate (1.4 g) was purified by flash column chomatography (PE: EA=10:l) (yield: 74%).
Example 67 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-5- (methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000107_0002
1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3-bromo-5-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}carbamate (1.4 g, 4.43 mmol),
Pd(OAc)2 (70.0 mg, 0.14 mmol), dicyclohexyl[2'-(methyloxy)-l,r-binaphthalen-2-yl] phosphane (84.0 mg, 0.175 mmol) and K3PO4 (1.2 g, 5.31 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (30 mL). The mixture was heated at 80 0C for 30 min, and then [3-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)- silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (1.5 g, 5.76 mmol) was added. The mixture reaction was stirred at reflux for two days. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, then the residue diluted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product l,l-dimethylethyl[3'-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-5-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyljmethyl} carbamate (1.5 g) was purified by flash column chomatography (PE: EA=15: 1) (yield: 74%).
Example 68 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-(hydroxymethyl)-5-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000108_0001
To a solution of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-5-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}carbamate (1.5 g, 3.28 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added a solution of nBuJMF (0.94 g, 3.61 mmol) in THF (10 mL). This mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. After the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL x T), brine (10 mL x 2), and dried over Na2SO4. The product, 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl {[3'-(hydroxymethyl)-5-(methyloxy)- 3- biphenylyl]-methyl}carbamate, (0.9 g) was purified by flash column chomatography (PE: EA=3: 1). (Yield: 80%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.47 (s, 9 H), 3.86 (s, 3 H), 4.35 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 4.76 (s, 2 H), 4.89 (s, 1 H), 6.83 (s, 1 H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 7.09 (s, 1 H), 7.34-7.58 (m, 4 H);13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) 8 28.4, 44.7, 55.4, 65.2, 79.6, 111.9, 118.7, 125.8, 126.1, 126.4, 129.0, 140.9, 141.2, 141.5, 142.8, 156.0, 160.3. HPLC: retention time: 11.558 min; purity: 98.7 %; MS: m/z 343 (M+).
Example 69 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3-bromo-2-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000108_0002
To a suspension of {[3-bromo-2-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}amine (5.0 g, 19.8 mmol) and Na2CO3 (5.3 g, 49.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) was added dropwise a solution of BoC2O (4.8 g, 21.8 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL). Then the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the solid was washed with CH2CI2 (50 mL x T), and then the filtrate was washed with water (70 mL x T), brine (70 mL x T) and dried over Na2SOzI. After removing the solvent, 5.5 g of l,l-dimethylethyl{[3-bromo-2-(methyloxy) phenyljmethyl} carbamate was obtained (yield: 87.8%).
Example 70 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l-dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} methyl)-2- (methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000109_0001
1,1-Dimethylethyl {[3-bromo-2-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}carbamate (5.2 g, 16.4 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (110.4 mg, 0.49 mmol), dicyclohexyl[2'-(methyloxy)-l,r-binaphthalen-2-yl] phosphane (317.2 mg, 0.66 mmol) and K3PO4 (4.2 g, 19.7 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (60 mL). The mixture was heated at 80 0C for 30 min, and then [3-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (5.2 g, 19.7 mmol) was added. The mixture reaction was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, then the residue was diluted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product 1,1-dimethylethyl {[3'-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-2-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyl]-methyl}carbamate (5.0 g) was purified by flash column chomatography (PE: EA=I 5:1) (yield: 72%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.11 (s, 6 H), 0.94 (s, 9 H), 1.46 (s, 9 H), 3.37 (s, 3 H), 4.40 (d, J=6 Hz, 2 H), 4.80 (s, 2 H), 5.04 (s, 1 H), 7.12-7.51 (m, 7 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ -5.2, 18.4, 25.9, 28.4, 40.3, 60.4, 65.0, 124.2, 125.0, 126.6, 127.5, 128.3, 128.4, 130.6, 132.3, 134.8, 138.2, 141.5, 155.8; HPLC: retention time: 4.348 min; purity: 99.9 %; MS m/z 453 (M+), 344 (M+-TBS).
Example 71 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-5-cyanophenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000109_0002
To a suspension of 3-(aminomethyl)-5-bromobenzonitrile (1.6 g, 6.5 mmol) and Na2CO3 (1.7 g, 16.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (25 mL) was added dropwise a solution of BoC2O (1.6 g, 7.1 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL). Then the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the solid was washed with CH2Cl2 (10 mL x T), and then the filtrate was washed with water (20 mL x T), brine (20 mL x T) and dried over Na2SOzI. After removing the solvent, 1.9 g of 1,1-dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-5-cyanophenyl) methyljcarbamate was obtained (yield: 94.5%).
Example 72 1,1-Dimethylethyl {[5-cyano-3'-({[dimethyl(l-methylethyl)-silyl]oxy}methyl)- 3-biphenylyl] methyl} carbamate - ethane (1:1)
Figure imgf000110_0001
1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-5-cyanophenyl)methyl]carbamate (1.90 g, 6.11 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (76 mg), PPh3 (228 mg) and K2CO3 (1.27 g, 9.16 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (50 mL). The mixture was heated at 70 C for 30 min, and then [3-({[(l,l- dimethylethyl)(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]boronic acid (2.11 g, 7.94 mmol) was added. The mixture reaction was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, then the residue diluted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product, 1,1-dimethylethyl {[5-cyano-3'- ({[dimethyl(l-methylethyl)silyl] oxy}methyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}carbamate-ethane was purified by flash column chomatography (2.0 g, yield: 72 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.12 (s, 6 H), 0.96 (s, 9 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H), 4.41 (d, J=6 Hz, 2 H), 4.81 (s, 2 H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H), 7.55 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (s, IH); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ -5.2, 18.4, 25.9, 28.3, 43.4, 64.7, 80.1, 113.1, 118.7, 124.7, 125.6, 126.1, 129.0, 129.2., 129.6, 130.4, 133.4, 134.8, 138.6, 141.2, 142.5, 142.9, 155.9; HPLC: retention time: 4.670 min; purity: 94.4 %; MS m/z 453 (M+, 32), 339 (M+ - TBS, 100).
Example 73 [5'-(Aminomethyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl] methanol
Figure imgf000110_0002
[(3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amine hydrochloride (0.795 g, 3.29 mmol), [3-
(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (0.5 g, 3.29 mmol), potassium carbonate (2.275 g, 16.5 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.114 g, 0.1 mmol) were combined in dioxane (10 mL) and water (3 mL). The mixture was micro waved at 150 C for 30 min. The solvents were evaporated and the residue taken up in EtOAc and H2O. The aqueous phase was extracted 2X with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by CombiFlash on a silica gel column eluting with 0-100% CH2Cl2 /CH2Cl2: 20% MeOH: 1% NH4OH to afford the title compound as a viscous oil. LC-MS m/z 231.8 (M+H)+, 1.03 min (ret time).
Example 74 3-Bromo-4-methylbenzamide
Figure imgf000111_0001
3-Bromo-4-methylbenzoic acid (5 g, 23.25 mmol) was suspended in CH2Cl2 (IOO mL) and stirred under argon at room temperature. Oxalyl chloride (5.9 g, 46.5 mmol) was added followed by DMF (20 μL). Gas evolution began, and the mixture was stirred for 2 days during which time complete solution occurred. The solvents were pumped off and toluene was added and stripped off to remove excess oxalyl chloride. The residue was taken up in EtOAc and added to concentrated ammonium hydroxide (20 mL). This was stirred for thirty mins. The phases were separated and the organic phase washed IX with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was crystallized from EtOAc/hexane and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white crystalline solid. LC-MS m/z 213.8 (M+H)+, 1.41 min (ret time).
Example 75 [(3-Bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl] amine
Figure imgf000111_0002
To 3-bromo-4-methylbenzamide (2.14 g, 10 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added borane dimethyl sulfide complex (2 mL, 20 mmol) at 00C. The mixture was then heated to 50 0C for 16 h. Additional borane dimethyl sulfide complex (1 mL, 10 mmol) was added and heating continued at 60 0C for an additional 5 days. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and ethanol was cautiously added. When bubbling ceased, IN HCl was added until the pH was ~2. This mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 4 h. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous was washed 3X with EtOAc. The aqueous was then adjusted to pH 10 with 2N NaOH and extracted 3X with EtOAc. The combined organics phases were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated to afford the title compound. LC-MS m/z 199.8 (M+H)+, 1.01 min (ret time). Example 76 {[3-Bromo-4-(methyloxy)phenyl] methyl} amine
Figure imgf000112_0001
3-Bromo-4-(methyloxy)benzonitrile (2.12 g, 10 mmol), THF (30 mL), and 1.5 M borane in THF (30 mL, 45 mmols) were combined and stirred under argon at reflux, Then additional 1.5 M borane in THF (30 mL, 45 mmols) was added and refluxing was continued. THF (30 mL), and 1.5 M borane in THF (30 mL, 45 mmols) was again added and the mixture refluxed for a total often days to drive the reaction to completion. Reaction worked up by the cautious addition of ethanol followed by IN HCl until the pH was 2. The mixture was then heated to 50 0C for 4 h. The solvents were pumped off and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was washed 3X with EtOAc, and adjusted to pH 10 by the addition of 2.5 N NaOH. The aqueous phase was extracted 3X with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous Na2SOzI, filtered and evaporated to give the title compound.
Example 77 3-Bromo-4-chlorobenzamide
Figure imgf000112_0002
3-Bromo-4-chlorobenzoic acid (2.35 g, 10 mmol) was suspended in CH2Cl2 (SO mL) and stirred under argon at room temperature. Oxalyl chloride (2.53 g, 20 mmol) was added followed by DMF (10 μL). Gas evolution began, and the mixture was stirred until gas evolution ceased. The solvents were pumped off and toluene was added and stripped off to remove excess oxalyl chloride. The residue was taken up in EtOAc and added to concentrated ammonium hydroxide (10 mL). This was stirred for 30 min. The phases were separated and the organic washed IX with brine dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was crystallized from EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid. LC-MS m/z 233.7 (M+H)+, 1.54 min (ret time); mp 146-147 0C; analytical HPLC shows 100% purity, (ret time: 11.835 min).
Example 78 [(3-Bromo-4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amine
Figure imgf000112_0003
To 3-bromo-4-chlorobenzamide (1.6 g, 6.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added borane dimethyl sulfide complex (1.36 mL, 13.6 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was then
- I l l - heated to 60 0C for 8 days. The solvent was pumped off and the reaction cautiously quenched with ethanol. When bubbling ceased, IN HCl was added until the pH was ~2. The mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 4 h. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was washed 3X with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was then adjusted to pH 10 with 2N NaOH and extracted 3X with EtOAc. The combined organics phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SOzI, filtered, and evaporated to afford the title compound as a clear oil. LC-MS m/z 219.6 (M+H)+, 1.41 min (ret time).
Example 79 3-Bromo-5-chlorobenzamide
Figure imgf000113_0001
S-Bromo-S-chlorobenzoic acid (2.35 g, 10 mmol) was suspended in CH2Cl2 (SO mL) and stirred under argon at room temperature. Oxalyl chloride (2.53 g, 20 mmol) was added followed by DMF (10 μL), and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvents were pumped off. The residue was taken up in EtOAc and added to concentrated ammonium hydroxide (10 mL). This was stirred for thirty mins. The phases were separated and the organic phase washed IX with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SOzJ, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was crystallized from EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid. LC-MS m/z 233.7 (M+H)+, 1.57 min (ret time); analytical HPLC shows 96.5% purity, (ret time: 12.131 min).
Example 80 [(3-Bromo-5-chlorophenyl)methyl] amine
Figure imgf000113_0002
To 3-bromo-5-chlorobenzamide (1.6 g, 6.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added borane dimethyl sulfide complex (1.36 mL, 13.6 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was then heated to 60 0C for 7 days. The solvent was pumped off and the reaction cautiously quenched with ethanol. When the bubbling ceased, IN HCl was added until the pH was ~2. The mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 4 h. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was washed 3X with EtOAC. The aqueous phase was then adjusted to pH 10 with 2N NaOH and extracted 3X with EtOAc. The combined organics phases were dried over anhydrous Na2SOzJ, filtered, and evaporated to give the title compound as a clear oil. LC-MS m/z 219.7 (M+H)+, 1.42 min (ret time). Example 81 l,6-Diethyl-5-[(methylamino)methyl]-Λ'-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- IH- pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-4- amine
Figure imgf000114_0001
To the solution of 5-(aminomethyl)-l,6-diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- IH- pyrazolo[3,4-Z?] pyridine-4-amine (0.303 g, 1.0 mmol) in TΗF (1 mL) was added BOC2O (0.229 g, 1.05 mmol). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins and then LAΗ (5.0 mL, 1.0 M in TΗF) was added, and that mixture heated with a microwave machine at 100 C for 30 mins. The reaction was then quenched with Na2SOzI (sat. aq.) slowly, filtered, dried over Na2SOzI, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.252 g (79%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 318 (M+Η)+.
Example 82 {3-[(4-{[(l,l-Dimethylethyl)oxy]carbonyl}-l-piperazinyl)methyl] phenyljboronic acid
Figure imgf000114_0002
To the solution of (3-formylphenyl)boronic acid (3.0 g, 20.0 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl 1-piperazinecarboxylate (3.91 g, 21.0 mmol), and NaBH(O Ac)3 (6.36 g, 30.0 mmol), and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 17 h. The organic layer was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with H2O (30 mL), dried over Na2SOzJ, filtered and concentrated to afford 7.72 g (quantitative) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 321 (M+H)+.
Example 83 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-{[5'-(aminomethyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl] methyl}- 1- piperazinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000114_0003
To two vials which each contained a solution of [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amine hydrochloric salt (0.601 g, 2.5 mmol) in p-dioxane/H2O (15/5 mL) was each added {3-[(4-{[(l,l- dimethylethyl)oxy] carbonyl}-l-piperazinyl) methyl]phenyl}boronic acid (1.2 g, 3.75 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (145 mg, 0.125 mmol), and K2CO3 (1.38 g, 10 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated in a microwave machine at about 150 C for about 15 mins. The organic layer of both vials was separated, combined, concentrated and purified by CombiFlash chomatograph to afford 1.98 g (99%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 400 (M+H)+.
Example 84 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-4-fhiorophenyl)methyl]carbamate
Figure imgf000115_0001
To the solution of [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]amine hydrochloric salt (0.64 g, 2.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added NaOH (2 mL, 1.0 M, 2.0 mmol). This mixture was stirred for 10 mins after which was added BOC2O (0.523 g, 2.4 mmol). Then the mixture was stirred for another 2 h. The organic layer was then separated, dried, filtered, concentrated and purified by CombiFlash chomatograph to afford 0.66 g (quantitative) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 609 (2M+H)+.
Example 85 [(3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]methylamine
Figure imgf000115_0002
To the solution of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]carbamate (0.755 g, 2.48 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added BH3»THF (12.5 mL, 1.0 M in THF). The mixture was heated in a microwave machine at about 80 C for about 30 mins twice. The reaction was then quenched with HCl (10 mL, 1 N) slowly, stirred for 2 h at room temperature, basified with NaHCθ3 to pH ~9, and extracted with EtOAc (50 + 20 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SOzI, filtered, concentrated to afford 0.52 g (96%) of the title compound. LC- MS m/z 218 (M+H)+.
Example 86 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-({2'-fluoro-5'-[(methylamino)methyl]-3-biphenylyl} methyl)-l-piperazine carboxylate
Figure imgf000115_0003
To the solution of [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]methylamine (0.52 g, 2.39 mmol) in p-dioxane/H2O (15/5 mL) was added {3-[(4-{[(l,l-dimethylethyl)oxy]carbonyl}- 1 -piperazinyl) methyl]phenyl}boronic acid (1.15 g, 3.60 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (139 mg, 0.12 mmol), and K2CO3 (1.33 g, 9.6 mmol). The result mixture was heated in a microwave machine at 150 0C for 15 mins. The organic layer was separated and concentrated. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc (~ 70 mL), washed with H2O (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by CombiFlash chomatograph to afford 0.65 g (66%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 414 (M+H)+.
Example 87 5-(Chloromethyl)-l,6-diethyl-Λf-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- l/7-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-4-amine
Figure imgf000116_0001
To the solution of thionyl chloride (1.46 mL, 20.0 mmol) was added [l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methanol (0.609 g, 2.0 mmol) slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 30 mins before it was concentrated on rotavap under vacuum. DCM (5 ml) was added to the residue and concentrated on rotavap twice to afford 0.386 g (60%) of the title compound.
Example 88 1,1-Dimethylethyl [(5-fluoro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl] carbamate
Figure imgf000116_0002
A mixture of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl [(3-bromo-5-fluorophenyl)methyl]carbamate (300 mg, 0.99 mmol), 3-formylphenyl Boronic acid (194 mg, 1.30 mmol), Na2COs (316 mg, 2.98 mmol), Pd(PPh3 )4 (58 mg, 0.05 mmol), and water (2 mL) in dioxane (6 mL) was degassed for 5 min. and then heated in a microwave oven for about 30 min at about 150 0C. It was quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine. The organic layer was filtered though a syringe filter to get rid of the Pd and then concentrated to give a crude residue. It was then purified with Combi Flash companion eluting with 40% ethyl acetate in hexane. The product fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give 1,1 -dimethylethyl [(5-fluoro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]carbamate as an oil. LC-MS m/z 330 (M+Η)+. Example 89 l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4-6]pyridine- 5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000117_0001
A mixture of ethyl l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- Z?]pyridine-5-carboxylate (2 g, 4.30 mmol), LiOH (901 mg, 21.48 mmol), water (4 mL) and methanol (8 mL) was heated in a microwave oven for about 20 min at about 80 0C. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and then washed wtih ethyl acetate to get rid of starting material. The aquous layer was then acidified with 2N HCl, saturated with brine and then extracted with a mixture of DCM and IPA (3 : 1 ratio) twice. The combined organic layer was dried under vacuum to give the crude product. It was then triturated with ether to give pure product l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid as a yellow solid (2.78 g, 95%). LC-MS m/z 319 (M+Η)+.
Example 90 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-{[3'-(aminomethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}- 1- piperazinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000117_0002
To a solution of [(3-bromophenyl)methyl]amine hydrochloric salt (0.556 g, 2.5 mmol) in 1, 4-dioxane (15 mL) and H2O (5 mL) was added {3-[(4- {[(l,l-dimethylethyl)-oxy]carbonyl}-l- piperazinyl)methyl]phenyl}boronic acid (1.041 g, 3.25 mmol), Pd(PPH3)4 (0.144 g, 0.125 mmol), and K2CO3 (1.382 g, 10 mmol). This mixture was heated in a microwave oven at about 150 0C for about 15 mins. The organic layer was separated, dried using a Glas-Col evaporator (Sigma- Aldrich), and was then purified by CombiFlash chromatograph to afford the title compound 0.798 g (84%). LC-MS m/z 382 (M+H)+.
Example 91 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-{[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan- 2- yl)phenyl]methyl}-l-piperidinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000117_0003
To the solution of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl 4-[(3-bromophenyl)methyl]-l-piperidinecarboxylate (191 mg, 0.539 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added PdCl2(dppf) (15.78 mg, 0.022 mmol), Bis(pinacolato)diboron (144 mg, 0.566 mmol), and potassium acetate (106 mg, 1.078 mmol). This mixture was placed in a microwave and heated at about 100 0C for about 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), washed with H2O (3 x 3mL), brine (3 mL) and dried over Na2SOzI. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by CombiFlash chromatograph to afford the title compound 0.162 g (74%). LC-MS m/z 402 (M+H)+.
Example 92 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-[(3-bromophenyl)methyl]-l-piperidinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000118_0001
To a solution of 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl 4-[(3-bromophenyl)methylidene]-l- piperidine- carboxylate (201 mg, 0.571 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was applied onto an H-Cube hydrogenation device (H-Cube, LLC, Dallas, Texas, USA; http://www.h-cubeinc.com/) 10% PD/C at a flow rate of 1 mL/min and 1 atm H2. The mixture was concentrated to afford the title compound 0.1909 g (94%). LC-MS m/z 354 (M+H)+.
Example 93 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-[(3-bromophenyl)methylidene]-l-piperidinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000118_0002
To [(3 -Bromophenyl)methyl](triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (1.13 mg, 2.2mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added NaH (52.8 mg, 2.2mmol). This mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min, then 1,1 -dimethylethyl 4-oxo- 1 -piperidinecarboxylate (400 mg, 2.0mmol) was added and the pot stirred at RT for Ih. The resultant mixture was diluted with Et2O (25 mL), washed with H2O (12 + 2x8 mL), brine (8 mL), dried overNaSO/t, and filtered. The mixture was concentrated and purified with CombiFlash chromatograph to afford the title compound (0.2014 g, 28 %). LC-MS m/z 352 (M+H)+.
Example 94 [(3-Bromophenyl)methyl] (triphenyl)phosphonium bromide
Figure imgf000118_0003
Triphenylphosphane (2.62 g, 10.0 mmol) was added to l-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)benzene (2.5 g, 10.0 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) and the mixture heated in a microwave at 1000C for about 1 h. The mixture was filtered to afford the title compound (4.55 g, 89 %). LC-MS m/z 431 (cationic part)+.
Example 95 l-(3-Bromophenyl)-Λ'-methylmethanamine
Figure imgf000119_0001
To bromobenzylamine (0.890 g, 4 mmol) in THF (9 mL) was added NaOH (4.20 mL, 1 N, 4.20 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 mins, when BOC2O (0.975 mL, 4.20 mmol) was added. This mixture was stirred for an additional 30 mins. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SOzI, filtered and concentrated. Lithium aluminum hydride (12.00 mL, 12.00 mmol) was added to the above crude product and heated in a microwave at about 100 0C for about 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (-50 mL) and quenched slowly with Na2Sθ4 (sat.). The organic layer was separated, dried over, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound (0.472 g, 59%). LC-MS m/z 200 (M+H)+.
Example 96 Methyl 3-[(4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl)carbonyl]benzoate
Figure imgf000119_0002
To 3-[(methyloxy)carbonyl]benzoic acid (0.901 g, 5 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added
TEA (0.697 mL, 5.00 mmol), EtOCOCl (0.480 mL, 5.0 mmol). This mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 10 mins and then 4-piperidinol (0.506 g, 5.00 mmol) was added. Stirring was continued at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (35 mL), washed with HOAc (20 mL, 10%), NaHCO3 (20 mL, 10%), water (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated and purified by CombiFlash chomatograph to afford the title compound (0.696 g, 53 %). LC-MS m/z 264 (M+H)+.
Example 97 tert-Buty\ 4-{[3'-(aminomethyl)biphenyl-3-yl]methyl}piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000119_0003
1 , 1 -Dimethylethyl 4-[(3'-cyano-3-biphenylyl)methylidene]- 1 -piperidinecarboxylate (0.517 g, 1.381 mmol) in methanol (138 mL) was applied to H-Cube hydrogenation apparatus. This resultant mixture was run with a Pd(OH)2 cartridge at 1 mL/min, with 1 atmosphere at 200C. HCl (1.38 mL, 1 N) was then added. One portion was run one time with Pd(OH)2 cartridge at 1 mL/min, 1 atmosphere at 20 0C. Another portion was run with 1 run, Pd(OH)2 cartridge at 1 mL/min with 50 atmosphere and 20 0C. Both portions were combined for 1 run, Pd(OH)2 cartridge, 1 mL/min with 1 atmosphere at 20 0C. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford the title compound (0.501 g, 87%). LC-MS m/z 381 (M+H)+.
Example 98 l,l-Dimethylethyl 4-[(3'-cyano-3-biphenylyl)methylidene]-l- piperidinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000120_0001
To 1, 1 -dimethylethyl 4-[(3-bromophenyl)methylidene]-l -piperidinecarboxylate (2.11 g, 5.99 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) and water (10.00 mL) was added m-NC(C6H4)B(OH)2 (1.056 g, 7.19 mmol), Pd(Ph3P)4 0.277 g, 0.240 mmol), K2CO3 (2.483 g, 17.97 mmol). The resulting mixture was split into two equal portions and each portion was heated in a microwave at about 130 0C for about 15 min. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a Glas-Col evaporator and purified with CombiFlash chomatograph to afford the title compound (1.93 g, 86%). LC-MS m/z 749 (2M+H)+.
Example 99 [l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-6]pyridin- 5-yl] acetic acid
Figure imgf000120_0002
To [l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]acetonitrile (0.667 g, 2.128 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added KOH 40% (10 mL, 2.128 mmol). This mixture was heated in a microwave at 100 0C for 1 h, then again heated in a microwave at 100 0C for 1O h. The mixture was heated a third time in a microwave at 120 0C for 1 h and a fourth time in the microwave at about 120 0C for about 5 h. Then EtOH was removed under vacuum and acidified to pH~5, extracted with DCM/i-PrOH (3/1, 2 x 30 mL), concentrated, and purified using a Gilson HPLC (with TFA) to afford the title compound (0.317 g, 45%). LC- MS m/z 333 (M+H)+.
Example 100 Phenyl {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- b] pyridin-5-yl] methyl} carbamate
Figure imgf000121_0001
To a solution of 5-(aminomethyl)-l,6-diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-4-amine hydrochloride (3 g, 8.84 mmol) in DCM was added saturated NaHCO3 and Et3N (2 mL). It was stirred at RT for 30 min and then extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give 5-(aminomethyl)-l,6-diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-4-amine as a solid (2.45 g). To a solution of 5-(aminomethyl)-l,6- diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-yl)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-amine (2.45 g, 8.08 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added phenyl chloridocarbonate (1.013 mL, 8.08 mmol) and Et3N (1.688 mL, 12.11 mmol). The mixture was stirred at about 60 0C overnight. It was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give a crude residue. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with ether and collected to give phenyl {[1,6-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}carbamate as a white solid (2.2 g, 64 %). LC-MS m/z 424 (M+Η)+.
Example 101 Λq(3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-Λ^-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2/7- pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000121_0002
A mixture of phenyl {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} carbamate (750 mg, 1.771 mmol), [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-methyl]amine hydrochloride (511 mg, 2.125 mmol) and Et3N (0.74 mL, 5.31 mmol) in DCE (10 mL) was heated under microwave (MW) at about 100 0C for 1 h. Saturated NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with ether and collected N- [(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH- pyrazolo-[3,4-Zφyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea as a white solid (734 mg, 78%). LC-MS m/z 533 (M+Η)+.
Example 102 N- [(3-Bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl] -TV- { [1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2/7- pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000122_0001
A mixture of phenyl {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} carbamate (1200 mg, 2.83 mmol), [(3-bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl]amine and Et3N (1.19 mL, 8.50 mmol) in DCE (10 mL) was heated under microwave at about 100 0C for about 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with ether to collect N-[(3-bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl]- N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetiuhydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea as a white solid (1250 mg, 83%). LC-MS m/z 530 (M+Η)+.
Example 103 Λ^(3-Bromo-4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-iV'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2/7- pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000122_0002
A mixture of phenyl {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} carbamate (1200 mg, 2.83 mmol), [(3-bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl]amine and Et3N (1.19 mL, 8.50 mmol) in DCE (10 mL) was heated under microwave at about 100 0C for about 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCθ3 and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The residue was triturated with 1 : 1 ratio of ether and hexane. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with 1 : 1 ratio of ether and hexane to collected N-[(3-bromo-4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Zφyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea as a white solid (1,480 mg, 95%). LC-MS m/z 549 (M+Η)+.
Example 104 Λ^(3-Bromophenyl)methyl]-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo [3,4-b] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000123_0001
A mixture of phenyl {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} carbamate (750 mg, 1.771 mmol), [(3-bromophenyl)methyl]amine hydrochloride (433 mg, 1.948 mmol) and Et3N in DCE was heated on microwave at 100 0C for 1 h. It was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with ether and collected N-[(3-bromophenyl)methyl]-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (810 mg, 89 %) as a white solid. LC-MS m/z 515 (M+Η)+.
Example 105 Λ'-{[3-Bromo-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000123_0002
A mixture of phenyl {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} carbamate (1,200 mg, 2.83 mmol), l-[3-bromo-4- (methyloxy)phenyl]methanamine (612 mg, 2.83 mmol) and Et3N in DCE was heated on microwave at 100 0C for 1 h. It was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The residue was triturated with ether. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with ether and collected N-{[3-bromo-4- (methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (1500 mg, 97 %) as a white solid. LC-MS m/z 545 (M+H)+.
Example 106 ^-{[ljό-Diethyl-^tetrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea
Figure imgf000124_0001
A mixture of N-[(3-bromophenyl)methyl]-N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (630 mg, 1.222 mmol), (3- formylphenyl)boronic acid (238 mg, 1.589 mmol), Na2CO3 (389 mg, 3.67 mmol), and Pd(Ph3P)4 (6.86, 9.37 umol) were dissolved in water (3 mL) and dioxane (9 mL). The mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 30 min at 150 0C. The reaction was quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine. The organic layer was filtered through a 0.45μ syringe filter to remove residual Pd and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane (product came out at 100% ethyl acetate). The product fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-Ν'-[(3'- formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (330 mg, 49.9 %) as an oil. LC-MS m/z 542 (M+H)+.
Example 107 ^-{[ljό-Diethyl-^tetrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea
Figure imgf000124_0002
A mixture of N-[(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (600 mg, 1.125 mmol), (3- formylphenyl)boronic acid (219 mg, 1.462 mmol), Na2CO3 (358 mg, 3.37 mmol), and PdCl2(dppf) (82, 0.112 mmol) were dissolved in water (3 mL) and dioxane (9 mL). The mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 30 min at 150 0C. It was quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was passed through a pad of celite, washed with ethyl acetate and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 90% ethyl acetate in DCM). The product fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-Ν'-[(6- fluoro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (388 mg, 61.8 %) as an oil. LC-MS m/z 559 (M+H)+.
Example 108 ^-{[ljό-DiethyM-^etrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(3'-formyl-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea
Figure imgf000125_0001
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl] -N'- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (600 mg, 1.133 mmol), (3- formylphenyl)boronic acid (221 mg, 1.473 mmol), Na2COs (360 mg, 3.40 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (83, 0.113 mmol) were dissolved in water (3 mL) and dioxane (9 mL). The mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 10 min at 100 0C. It was passed through PL-Thiol MP SPE+ to get rid of Pd content and then washed with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 100% ethyl acetate). The product fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give N- {[1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-Ν'-[(3'- formyl-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (620 mg, 99 %) as a solid. LC-MS m/z 555 (M+H)+.
Example 109 N- [(6-Chloro-3 '-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl] -N'-{ [1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000125_0002
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromo-4-chlorophenyl)methyl] -N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (1000 mg, 1.819 mmol), (3- formylphenyl)boronic acid (273 mg, 1.819 mmol), Na2CO3 (578 mg, 5.46 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (133, 0.182 mmol) were dissolved in water (3 mL) and dioxane (9 mL). The mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 10 min at 100 0C. It was passed through a pad of Celite and then washed with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. It was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 90% ethyl acetate in DCM). The product fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give N- [(6-chloro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (914 mg, 87 %) as a solid. LC-MS m/z 576 (M+H)+.
Example 110 ^-{[ljό-Diethyl-^tetrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-{[3'-formyl-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl] methyl} urea
Figure imgf000126_0001
A mixture ofN- {[3-bromo-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (800 mg, 1.467 mmol), (3- formylphenyl)boronic acid (220 mg, 1.467 mmol), Na2COs (466 mg, 4.40 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (107, 0.147 mmol) were dissolved in water (3 mL) and dioxane (9 mL). The mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 10 min at 100 0C. It was passed through PL-Thiol MP SPE+ to get rid of Pd content and then washed with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. It was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude residue. The crude residue was purified with chromatography eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in DCM (product came out at 90% ethyl acetate in DCM). The product fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'- {[3'-formyl-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea (850 mg, 102 %) as a solid. LC-MS m/z 571 (M+Η)+.
Examples - Compounds of Formula (I)
Example 111 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-iV-[(6-fluoro-3'-{[(35)-3-methyl-l- piperazinyl] methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl] urea and ΛyV-bis { [1 ,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahy dro-2//-py ran-4-ylamino)- l//-py razolo [3 ,4-b] py ridin-5- yl] methyl} urea
Figure imgf000126_0002
To a suspension of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-{[3'-(aminomethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-l- piperidinecarboxylate hydrochloride (89 mg, 0.21 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added 1,1- carbonyldimidazole (55 mg, 0.34 mmol). The mixture was heated at about 60 0C for about 1 h. 5- (Aminomethyl)- 1 ,6-diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-4-amine hydrochloride (64 mg, 0.19 mmol), Et3N (0.08 mL, 0.57 mmol) and TΗF (3 mL) were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred at 60 0C overnight. It was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under vacuo to give crude residue. The crude residue was purified with Combi Flash eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane followed by 10% methanol in DCM to give 1,1-dimethylethyl (25)-4-{[5'-({[({[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylaniino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -2-methyl- 1 - piperazinecarboxylate and N5N1 -bis { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- IH- pyrazolo[3,4-Zφyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea. It was purified using a Gilson ΗPLC system, eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water with a flowrate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and then treated saturated NaHCO3 to form the free base The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuo to give pure N,N"-bis{[l,6-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (28 mg, 24%): LC-MS m/z 634 (M+Η)+. This 1,1-dimethylethyl (2S)-4-{[5'-({[({[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-2'- fluoro-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -2-methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate was dissolved in 25% TFA in
DCM and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The crude product was purified with PREP HPLC eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flowrate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and then converted to the free base with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuo to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro-3'-{[(3S)- 3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl] urea as a solid (21 mg, 18%). LC-MS m/z 643 (M+H)+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 0.93 (d, J=6.27 Hz, 3 H) 1.22 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 H) 1.29 - 1.44 (m, 5 H) 1.62 - 2.00 (m, 5 H) 2.59 - 2.88 (m, 7 H) 3.43 - 3.50 (m, 4 H) 3.74 - 3.79 (m, 2 H) 3.94 - 4.03 (m, 1 H) 4.26 - 4.33 (m, 6 H) 6.45 - 6.67 (m, 2 H) 7.16 - 7.45 (m, 8 H) 7.94 (s, 1 H). Example 112 ^-{[l^-DiethyM-^etrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-iV-{[3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000128_0001
To a suspension of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-{[3'-(aminomethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-l- piperidinecarboxylate hydrochloride (65 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added 1,1- carbonyldimidazole (41 mg, 0.25 mmol). The mixture was heated at 60 0C for 1 h. 5- (Aminomethyl)- 1 ,6-diethyl-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-4-amine hydrochloride (48 mg, 0.14 mmol), Et3N (0.06 mL, 0.42 mmol) and TΗF (3 mL) were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred at about 60 0C overnight. It was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under vacuo to give crude residue. The crude residue was purified with a Gilson ΗPLCeluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flowrate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried with EZ GeneVac and combined into one batch with DCM. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The crude product was purified with prepative HPLC eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flowrate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and then free based with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuo to give N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N- {[3'-(4- piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea as a solid (28 mg, 33%). LC-MS m/z 610 (M+Η)+.
Example 113 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydr<)-2//-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-iV-{[6-fluoro-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000128_0002
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl] -N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (50 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1,1- dimethylethyl 4- {[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl} - 1 - piperidinecarboxylate (37.6 mg, 0.094 mmol), Na2CO3 (29.8 mg, 0.281 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (6.86, 9.37 umol), water (1 mL) in dioxane (3 mL) was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 30 min at 150 0C. The reaction mixture was passed though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ column to get rid of Pd content and washed with ethyl acetate. It was then quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. It was then purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 1 % TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried using a GeneVac to give the crude intermediate. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for about 3 h. It was then purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 1% TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} -N1- { [6-fluoro-3'-(4- piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea as a solid (22 mg, 37%). LC-MS m/z 628 (M+Η)+.
Example 114 ^-{[l^-DiethyM-^etrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-iV-{[6-methyl-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000129_0001
A mixture of N-[(3-bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl]-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (50 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1,1- dimethylethyl 4- {[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl} - 1 - piperidinecarboxylate (37.6 mg, 0.094 mmol), Na2CO3 (29.8 mg, 0.281 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (6.86, 9.37 umol), water (1 mL) in dioxane (3 mL) was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for about 30 min at about 150 0C. The reaction mixture was passed though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ column to get rid of Pd content and washed with ethyl acetate. It was then quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. It was then purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 1% TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried using a GeneVac to give the crude intermediate. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for about 3 h. It was then purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 1% TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} -N1- { [6-methyl-3'-(4- piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea as a solid (25 mg, 42%). LC-MS m/z 624 (M+Η)+.
Example 115 Λf-{[6-Chloro-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-iV-{[l,6-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2//-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4-6]pyridin-5- yl] methyl} urea
Figure imgf000130_0001
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromo-4-chlorophenyl)methyl] -N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (50 mg, 0.09 mmol), Νa2Cθ3
(29.8 mg, 0.281 mmol) and PdC12(dppf) (6.86, 9.37 umol), and water (1 mL) in dioxane (3 mL) was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for about 30 min at about 150 0C. The reaction mixture was passed though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ column to get rid of Pd content and washed with ethyl acetate. It was then quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. It was then purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 1% TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried using a GeneVac to give the crude intermediate. 25% TFA in DCM (2 mL) was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for about 3 h. It was then purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 1 % TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[6-chloro-3'-(4-piperidinyl-methyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea as a solid (29 mg, 50%). LC-MS m/z 644 (M+Η)+.
Example 116 N-{ [l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-iV-{[6-(methyloxy)-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000130_0002
A mixture ofN-{[3-bromo-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (51.6 mg, 0.095 mmol), 1,1- dimethylethyl4- {[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl} - 1 - piperidinecarboxylate (38 mg, 0.095 mmol), Na2CO3 (30.1 mg, 0.284 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (6.93 mg, 9.47 μmol) was diluted in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) in a 2-5 mL Biotage microwave reaction tube. The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0C. The crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were dried under EZ2 GeneVac evaporator and then combined to give 1,1- dimethylethyW- { [5'-( { [( { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin- 5-yl]methyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-2'-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -1- piperidinecarboxylate. It was re-dissolved in 25 % TFA in DCM (2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Solvent was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and then purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N- {[6-(methyloxy)-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea as a solid (22 mg, 36.3 %). LC-MS m/z 641 (M+Η)+, 0.74 min (ret time).
Example 117 N-{ [l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2//-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-iV-({6-fluoro-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl} methyl)urea
Figure imgf000131_0001
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromo-4-fluorophenyl)methyl] -N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (33.8 mg, 0.063 mmol), l-methyl-4- {[3- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl}piperidine (20 mg, 0.063 mmol), Na2CO3 (20.17 mg, 0.19 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (4.64 mg, 6.34 μmol) was diluted in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) in a 2-5 mL Biotage microwave reaction tube. The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0C. The crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N-({6- fluoro-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl} methyl)urea as a solid (12 mg, 29.5 %). LC- MS m/z 642 (M+Η)+, 0.78 min (ret time).
Example 118 ^-({ό-Chloro-S'-ICl-methyM-piperidinyOmethyll-S-biphenylylJmethyO-iV-JIl^- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000132_0001
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromo-4-chlorophenyl)methyl] -N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (34.9 mg, 0.063 mmol), 1-methyl- 4-{[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl}piperidine (20 mg, 0.063 mmol), Na2CO3 (20.17 mg, 0.19 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (4.64 mg, 6.34 μmol) was diluted in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) in a 2-5 mL Biotage microwave reaction tube. The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0C. The crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-({6-chloro-3'-[(l-methyl-4- piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-%yridin-5-yl]methyl} urea as a solid (18 mg, 43.1 %). LC-MS m/z 659 (M+Η)+, 0.78 min (ret time); 1H ΝMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.18 - 1.24 (m, 5 H) 1.29 - 1.57 (m, 6 H) 1.72 - 1.79 (m, 4 H) 2.13 (br. s., 3 H) 2.43 - 2.50 (m, 2 H) 2.63 - 2.87 (m, 4 H) 3.29 (s, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.51 (m, 2 H) 3.75 - 3.80 (m, 2 H) 4.01 - 4.13 (m, 1 H) 4.25 - 4.32 (m, 6 H) 6.48 - 6.65 (m, 2 H) 7.10 - 7.17 (m, 3 H) 7.22 - 7.36 (m, 4 H) 7.46 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 1 H) 7.95 (s, 1 H). Example 119 N-{ [l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-7V-({6-methyl-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea
Figure imgf000133_0001
A mixture of N-[(3-bromo-4-methylphenyl)methyl]-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (33.6 mg, 0.063 mmol), 1-methyl- 4-{[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl}piperidine (20 mg, 0.063 mmol), Na2CO3 (20.17 mg, 0.19 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (4.64 mg, 6.34 μmol) was diluted in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) in a 2-5 mL Biotage microwave reaction tube. The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0C. The crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-({6-methyl-3'-[(l-methyl-4- piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl} methyl)urea as a solid (13 mg, 32.1 %). LC-MS m/z 639 (M+Η)+, 0.77 min (ret time); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.21 (t, J=7.40 Hz, 5 H) 1.33 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3 H) 1.36 - 1.56 (m, 4 H) 1.66 - 1.84 (m, 4 H) 2.09 (s, 3 H) 2.15 (s, 3 H) 2.44 - 2.49 (m, 2 H) 2.63 - 2.73 (m, 2 H) 2.79 (q, J=7.53 Hz, 2 H) 3.29 (s, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.51 (m, 2 H) 3.78 (d, J=12.05 Hz, 2 H) 3.94 - 4.01 (m, 1 H) 4.18 - 4.35 (m, 6 H) 6.34 - 6.55 (m, 2 H) 6.98 - 7.29 (m, 7 H) 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 1 H) 7.94 (s, 1 H).
Example 120 ^-{[ljό-DiethyM-^etrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^-δlpyridin-S- yl]methyl}-7V-({6-(methyloxy)-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea
Figure imgf000133_0002
A mixture ofN-{[3-bromo-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]methyl}-N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (34.6 mg, 0.063 mmol), l-methyl-4- {[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl} piperidine (20 mg, 0.063 mmol), Na2CO3 (20.17 mg, 0.19 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (4.64 mg, 6.34 μmol) was diluted in a mixture of 1,4- dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) in a 2-5 mL Biotage microwave reaction tube. The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0C. The crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-({6- (methyloxy)-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl] -3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea as a solid (14 mg, 33.8 %). LC-MS m/z 655 (M+Η)+, 0.75 min (ret time).
Example 121 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H^yran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4-6] pyridin- 5-yl]methyl}-iV-({3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl} methyl) urea
Figure imgf000134_0001
A mixture of N- [(3 -bromophenyl)methyl] -N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (32.7 mg, 0.063 mmol), l-methyl-4- {[3- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl}piperidine (20 mg, 0.063 mmol), Na2CO3 (20.17 mg, 0.19 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (4.64 mg, 6.34 μmol) was diluted in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) in a 2-5 mL Biotage microwave reaction tube. The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon though it for 5 min and was then heated in a Biotage microwave at normal absorption for 10 min at 100 0C. The crude mixture was filtered though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ and was then washed with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude residue. It was purified with a Gilson ΗPLC (with 0.1 % TFA in the solvents) eluting with 10 to 70 % CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7] pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N-({3'-[(l- methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea as a solid (6 mg, 15.2 %). LC-MS m/z 625 (M+Η)+, 0.73 min (ret time). Example 122 Λ'-JIljό-DiethyM-^etrahydro^H-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^-δlpyridin-S- yl]methyl}-7V-[(6-fluoro-3'-{[(35)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea
Figure imgf000135_0001
In an alternate process for preparing the compound of Example 111, N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro-3'-formyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea (40 mg, 0.072 mmol), 1,1-dimethylethyl (2S)-2-methyl-l- piperazinecarboxylate (139.9 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.10 μL, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer for overweekend at room temperature. MP-triacetoxyborohydride (246 mg, 0.573 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. Methanol (2 mL) then hydrochloric acid (5 μL) were added for the deprotection of 1,1-dimethylethyl (2S)-4- {[5'-({[({[l,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-2'-fluoro-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -2-methyl- 1 - piperazinecarboxylate. The vial containing the reaction mixture was closed and stirred in a Glas-Col evaporator for overnight at 60 0C. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 1.05 mg (2.0 %) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 643.5 (M+H)+, 1.20 min (ret time).
Examples 123-125. Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- {[1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro- 3'-{[(3S)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (Example 122), N-{[1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro- 3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 123- 125 listed in Table 1.
Figure imgf000136_0001
Table 1. Examples 123-125.
Figure imgf000136_0003
Example 126 Ν-({3'-[(lS,4S)-2,5-Diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-6-fluoro-3- biphenylyl}methyl)-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-ylamino)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4- b] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000136_0002
N- { [ 1 ,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (40 mg, 0.072 mmol), (lS,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo [2.2.1] heptane (68.31 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.10 μL, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP-triacetoxyborohydride (246 mg, 0.573 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. The reaction mixture was then purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 3.55 mg (6.9%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 641.5 (M+H)+, 1.13 min (ret time).
Example 127 Λ'-JIljό-DiethyM-^etrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-iV-[(6-methyl-3'-{[(3i?)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3- biphenylyl)methyl] urea
Figure imgf000137_0001
N- { [ 1 ,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} -
N'-[(3'-formyl-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (40 mg, 0.072 mmol), 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl (2R)-2- methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate (139.39 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.13 μL, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP-triacetoxyborohydride (248 mg, 0.577 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. Methanol (2 mL) then hydrochloric acid (5 μL) were added for the deprotection of 1,1 -dimethylethyl (2R)-4- {[5'-({[({[l,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-2'-methyl-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -2-methyl- 1 - piperazinecarboxylate. The vial containing the reaction mixture was closed and stirred in a Glas-Col evaporator overnight at 60 0C. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 8.31 mg (16.3%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 639.5 (M+H)+, 1.19 min (ret time). Examples 128-131.
Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6- methyl-3'-{[(3R)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (Example 127), N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(3'- formyl-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 128-131 listed in Table 2.
Figure imgf000138_0001
Table 2. Examples 128-131.
Figure imgf000138_0002
Figure imgf000139_0003
Example 132 N-({3'-[(lS,4S)-2,5-Diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-6-methyl-3- biphenylyl}methyl)-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-ylamino)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4- b] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000139_0001
N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}- N'-[(3'-formyl-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (40 mg, 0.072 mmol), (lS,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo [2.2.1] heptane (68.31 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.13 μL, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP-triacetoxyborohydride (248 mg, 0.577 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. The reaction mixture was then purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 2.13 mg (4.2 %) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 637.5 (M+H)+, 1.14 min (ret time).
Example 133 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-l/7-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-7V-[(6-(methyloxy)-3'-{[(3i?)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3- biphenylyl)methyl] urea
Figure imgf000139_0002
N- { [ 1 ,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[3'-formyl-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea (40 mg, 0.070 mmol), 1,1- dimethylethyl (2R)-2-methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate (139.39 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.01 μL, 0.070 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP-triacetoxyborohydride (241 mg, 0.561 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi- Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. Methanol (2 mL) then hydrochloric acid (5 μL) were added for the deprotection of l , 1 -dimethylethyl (2R)-4- {[5'-({[({[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}amino)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-2'-(methyloxy)- 3-biphenylyl]methyl} -2-methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate. The vial containing the reaction mixture was closed and stirred in a Glas-Col evaporator for overnight at 60 0C. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by Gilson HPLC with a water- acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 13.1 mg (25.7%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 655.5 (M+H)+, 1.12 min (ret time).
Examples 134-136.
Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- {[1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6- (methyloxy)-3'- {[(3R)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (Example 133), N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'- {[3'-formyl-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 134-136 listed in Table 3.
Figure imgf000140_0001
Table 3. Examples 134-136.
Figure imgf000141_0002
Example 137 ^-{[δ-Chloro-S'-Cl-piperazinylmethylJ-S-biphenylyllmethylJ-iV-JIl^-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000141_0001
N-[(6-Chloro-3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]-N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (50.0 mg, 0.087 mmol) was diluted in DMSO (1.5 mL) and dispensed into a 1 dram vial with, fitted magnetic stir bar, containing piperazine (0.26 mmol), acetic acid (5.22 mg, 0.087 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. MP-B(O Ac)3Η (0.87 mmol, 203 mg) was added and the solution was stirred for another 12 h. The polymer reagent was filtered and purification was completed via an basic to afford 16.28 mg (29.0%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 644 (M+H)+, 0.67 min (ret time); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) D 1.31 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 H) 1.40 - 1.64 (m, 5 H) 1.83 (d, J=12.80 Hz, 2 H) 2.46 (br. s., 3 H) 2.80 - 3.02 (m, 6 H) 3.32 - 3.39 (m, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.65 (m, 3 H) 3.84 - 4.11 (m, 3 H) 4.34 - 4.60 (m, 6 H) 7.16 - 7.56 (m, 7 H) 7.93 (s, 1 H).
Examples 138-163.
Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- {[6-chloro-3'-(l-piperazinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (Example 128), an appropriate aldehyde was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 138-163 listed in Table 4.
Figure imgf000142_0001
Table 4. Examples 138-163.
Figure imgf000142_0002
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0002
Example 164 ^{[S'-ICl^^-l^-DiazabicycloIl.l.llhept-l-ylmethyll-ό-Cmethyloxy)^- biphenylyl]methyl}-7V-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2//-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000147_0001
N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}- N'- {[3'-formyl-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea (50.0 mg, 0.088 mmol) was diluted in DMSO (1.5 mL) and dispensed into a 1 dram vial, with fitted magnetic stir bar, containing 1,1-dimethylethyl (lS,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (0.26 mmol), acetic acid (5.26 mg, 0.088 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. MP-B(O Ac)3Η (0.88 mmol, 205 mg) was added and the solution was stirred for another 12 h. The polymer reagent was filtered and to the solution added MeOH (2.0 mL) and 1 drop of concentrated HCl. The solution was heated at 60 C° for 12 h. Purification was completed via a basic Gilson to afford 7.33 mg (12.8%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 652 (M+H)+, 0.62 min (ret time).
Examples 165-166.
Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N-{[3'- [(lS,45)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-N-{[l,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (Example 164), an appropriate aldehyde was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 165-166 listed in Table 5.
Figure imgf000148_0001
Table 5. Examples 165-166
Figure imgf000148_0002
Figure imgf000149_0003
Example 167 Λ/-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2//-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo[3,4-6]pyridin- 5-yl]methyl}-iV-({3'-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea
Figure imgf000149_0001
N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}- N-[(3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (32.4 mg. 0.06 mmol) was diluted in DMSO (1.5 mL) and dispensed into a 1 dram vial, with fitted magnetic stir bar, containing 1 -methylpiperazine (0.18 mmol), acetic acid (3.6 mg, 0.6 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. MP- B(OAc)sΗ (0.6 mmol, 140 mg) was added and the solution was stirring for another 12 h. The polymer reagent was filtered and purification was completed via an acidic Gilson. The product was dissolved in 3 mL MeOH and passed through 0.5g amine columns (washed with 8 mL of MeOH) to afford 15.55 mg (41.4 %) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 625 (M+H)+, 1.146 min (ret time).
Examples 168-177. Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- {[ 1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N-({3'-[(4- methyl- l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea (Example 167), an appropriate aldehyde was reacted with an appropriate amine to Examples 168-177 listed in Table 6.
Figure imgf000149_0002
Table 6. Examples 168-177.
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0003
Example 178 Λ'-JIljό-DiethyM-^etrahydro-lH-pyran^-ylaminoJ-lH-pyrazoloP^- 6]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-iV-({3'-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea
Figure imgf000152_0001
N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-
N-[(3'-formyl-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea (32.4 mg. 0.06 mmol) was diluted in DMSO (1.5 mL) and dispensed into a 1 dram vial, with fitted magnetic stir bar, containing 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl (2R)-2-methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate (0.18 mmol), acetic acid (3.6 mg, 0.6 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. MP-B(O Ac^Η (0.6 mmol, 140 mg) was added and the solution was stirring for another 12h. The polymer reagent was filtered and to the solution added MeOH (2.0 mL) and 1 drop of concentrated HCl. The solution was heated at 60 C° for 12 h. Purification was completed using a Gilson ΗPLC (acidic conditions). The product was dissolved in 3 mL of MeOH and passed through 0.5g amine columns (washed with 8 mL of MeOH) to afford 14.46 mg of the title compound (38.6 %). LC-MS m/z 625 (M+Η)+, 1.122 min (ret time).
Examples 179-187.
Using array chemistry, following the procedure as described above in the preparation of N- {[ 1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N-({3'-[(4- methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea (Example 178), an appropriate aldehyde was reacted with an appropriate amine to give Examples 179-187 listed in Table 7.
Figure imgf000152_0002
Table 7. Examples 179-187.
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0002
Example 187 Λ^-[(6-Chloro-3'-{[(3i?,55)-3,5-dimethyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3- biphenylyl)methyl]-iV-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- 6]pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000155_0001
In an alternate process for preparing the compound of Example 168, N-[(6-chloro-3'-formyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]-N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}urea (40 mg, 0.070 mmol), (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylpiperazine (79.48 mg, 0.70 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (3.98 μL, 0.070 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP- triacetoxyborohydride (239 mg, 0.556 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 14.15 mg (27 %) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 673.5 (M+H)+, 1.33 min (ret time). Example 188 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yllmethylJ-N'-ICS'-JICSR^SJ-S^-dimethyl-l-piperazinyllmethylJ-ό-fluoro-S- biphenylyl)methyl] urea
Figure imgf000156_0001
In an alternate process for preparing the compound of Example 169, N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro-3'-formyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea (40 mg, 0.072 mmol), (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylpiperazine (79.48 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.10 μL, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP- triacetoxyborohydride (246 mg, 0.573 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. The reaction mixture was then purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 3.1 mg (5.9 %) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 657.5 (M+H)+, 1.24 min (ret time).
Example 189 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yllmethylJ-N'-ICS'-JICSR^SJ-S^-dimethyl-l-piperazinyllmethylJ-ό-methyl-S- biphenylyl)methyl] urea
Figure imgf000156_0002
In an alternate process for preparing the compound of Example 170, N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-[(3'-formyl-6-methyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea (40 mg, 0.072 mmol), (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylpiperazine (79.48 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.13 μL, 0.072 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP- triacetoxyborohydride (248 mg, 0.577 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. The reaction mixture was then purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 8.84 mg (16.9 %) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 653.5 (M+H)+, 1.22 min (ret time).
Example 190 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[3'-{[(3R,5S)-3,5-dimethyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000157_0001
In an alternate process for preparing the compound of Example 171, N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-{[3'-formyl-6-
(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea (40 mg, 0.070 mmol), (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylpiperazine (79.48 mg, 0.72 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (4.01 μL, 0.070 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP- triacetoxyborohydride (241 mg, 0.561 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. The reaction mixture was then purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 4.64 mg (8.9%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 669.5 (M+H)+, 1.18 min (ret time).
Example 191 ^-[(ό-Chloro-S'-JICSΛJ-S-methyl-l-piperazinyllmethylJ-S-biphenylyOmethyll-iV- { [l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2//-pyran-4-ylamino)-l//-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea
Figure imgf000157_0002
In an alternate process for preparing the compound of Example 181, N-[(6-chloro-3'-formyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]-N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}urea (40 mg, 0.070 mmol), 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl (2R)-2-methyl-l-piperazinecarboxylate (139.39 mg, 0.70 mmol, 10 eq) and acetic acid (3.98 μL, 0.070 mmol, 1 eq) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer over the weekend at room temperature. MP-triacetoxyborohydride (239 mg, 0.556 mmol, 8 eq) was then added and the mixture was stirred again in VX-2500 Multi-Tube Vortexer overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a polypropylene cartridge (10 mL tube) on Bohdan Miniblock in a reaction tube and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator. Methanol (2 mL) then hydrochloric acid (5 μL) were added for the deprotection of 1,1-dimethylethyl (2R)-4-{[2'-chloro-5'-({[({[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl} amino)carbonyl] amino}methyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -2-methyl- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate. The vial containing the reaction mixture was closed and stirred in a Glas-Col evaporator overnight at 60 0C. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by Gilson HPLC with a water-acetonitrile with 0.1% TFA buffer. The desired product fractions were combined, filtered through amine cartouche (500 mg) on Bohdan Miniblock and concentrated in a Glas-Col evaporator, giving 4.21 mg (8.2%) of the title compound. LC-MS m/z 659.5 (M+H)+, 1.21 min (ret time).
Example 192 N-{[l,6-Diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H^yran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'-{[3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea
Figure imgf000158_0001
In an alternate process to prepare the compound of Example 112, a mixture of N- [(3 - bromophenyl)methyl]-N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea (50 mg, 0.097 mmol), 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-{[3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl}-l-piperidinecarboxylate (38.9 mg, 0.097 mmol), Na2CO3 (30.8 mg, 0.291 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (7.10, 9.70 umol) were dissolved in water (1 mL) and dioxane (3 mL). The mixture was degassed for 5 min and then heated under microwave for 30 min at 150 0C. The reaction mixture was passed though a PL-Thiol MP SPE+ column to get rid of Pd content and washed with ethyl acetate. It was then quenched with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and then concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. 25% TFA in DCM was added to the intermediate and stirred at room temperature for about 2 h. It was then purified with a Gilson HPLC (with 0.1% TFA in the solvent) eluting with 10 to 70% CH3CN in water in a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The product fractions were combined and free based with saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated under vacuum to give N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}-N'- {[3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea as a solid (15 mg,
25.4 %). LC-MS m/z 611 (M+H)+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.19 - 1.25 (m, 5 H) 1.29 - 1.51 (m, 5 H) 1.54 - 1.85 (m, 5 H) 2.51 - 2.60 (m, 2 H) 2.73 - 2.88 (m, 2 H) 3.01 - 3.08 (m, 2 H) 3.29 - 3.36 (m, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.51 (m, 2 H) 3.75 - 3.81 (m, 2 H) 3.93 - 4.06 (m, 1 H) 4.23 - 4.37 (m, 6 H) 6.46 - 6.53 (m, 1 H) 6.55 - 6.60 (m, 1 H) 7.13 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1 H) 7.23 - 7.29 (m, 2 H) 7.34 - 7.42 (m, 5 H) 7.46 - 7.50 (m, 2 H) 7.95 (s, 1 H). All publications, including but not limited to patents and patent applications, cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein as though fully set forth.
The above description fully discloses the invention including preferred embodiments thereof. Modifications and improvements of the embodiments specifically disclosed herein are within the scope of the following claims. Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. Therefore, the Examples herein are to be construed as merely illustrative and not a limitation of the scope of the present invention in any way. The embodiments of the invention in which an exclusive property or privilege is claimed are defined as follows.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compounds of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein
R4ais hydrogen or C 1-2 alkyl;
R5ais hydrogen or Cl .4 alkyl; n is 1, 2 or 3; v is 0 to 4;
RI is selected from the group consisting of C^alkyl, -CH2-C 1 ^fluoroalkyl, and -CH2CH2OH;
R/ is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, Ci_4alkyl, C 1 _2fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and (cyclopropyl)methyl-;
R^ is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted Czj.γcycloalkyl, an optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) and (cc), and a bicyclic group of sub-formula (dd), and (ee);
Figure imgf000160_0002
(aa) (bb) cc (dd)
Figure imgf000160_0003
and <ee) ; n' is an integer having a value of 1 or 2; n-2 is an integer having a value of 1 or 2; Y is O, S, SO2, or NR10a;
R10a is a hydrogen atom (H), methyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)-methyl, or C(O)-C ! fluoroalkyl;
Y1, Y2 and Y3 are independently CH2 or oxygen, provided that no more than one of Y1, Y2 and
Y3 are oxygen; and wherein when Ry is Cz^.γcycloalkyl it is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one or two substituents independently selected from oxo (=0); OH; methoxy; C 1 fluoroalkoxy; NH2; Cj^alkyl; C1 fluoroalkyl; -CH2OH; -CH(Me)OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -C(O)OH;
-C(O)NHR24 wherein R24 is H or methyl; -C(O)methyl; fluoro; hydroxyimino (=N-0H); or (Ci .2alkoxy)imino (=N-OR26 where R26 is Ci .2alkyl); and wherein any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy or NH2 substituent is not bonded to the
R^ ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I); and any OH, methoxy, fluoroalkoxy, -CH2OH, -CH(Me)OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NH2, or -C(O)OH substituent on a ring carbon of the Czj.γcycloalkyl is at the 3 -position of a R-^ cyclobutyl ring; or at the
3- or 4- position of a R-^ cyclopentyl ring; or at the 3-, 4- or 5- position of a R-^ cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, A-, 5- or 6- position of a R^ cycloheptyl ring; and if the C^γcycloalkyl is substituted by -C(O)NHR24 or -C(O)methyl substituent on a ring carbon it is at the 3 -position of the R^ cyclobutyl ring; or at the 3- or 4- position of the R^ cyclopentyl ring; or at the 4-position of a R^ cyclohexyl ring; or at the 3-, 4-, 5- or 6- position of a R^ cycloheptyl ring (wherein, in this connection, the 1 -position of the R3 cycloalkyl ring is deemed to be the connection point to the -NH- in formula (I), that is the ring atom connecting to the -NH- in formula (I)); and wherein, when R^ is the optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or
(cc), then R^ is the heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or (cc) optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one or two oxo (=0) substituents; and wherein, when R^ is optionally substituted mono-unsaturated-C5_7cycloalkenyl, then the cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted on a ring carbon with one substituent being fluoro or methyl, and the R^ ring carbon bonded to the -NH- group of formula (I) does not partake in the cycloalkenyl double bond;
Art and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl and an optionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; R-6 is NR7R8, or is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), (jj), (kk), (11), (mm) or (nn):
Figure imgf000162_0001
Ra RaRbRbi
Figure imgf000162_0002
R-6 is an optionally substituted C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens, l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl; or
8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj -2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj -2alkyl, and C(O) Cj^alkyl; R9a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC j -2alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cj^alkyl, and C(O)C j^alkyl;
Rd is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, optionally substituted C J -6 alkyl, amino, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCj-2alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic^ ^alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl Ci-2alkyl, =0, C(O)C i^alkyl, OC(O)Ri7, and C(O)N(RiO)2;
Ri5 and Ri6 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; Rn is selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi^alkyl, heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic^ -4alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl Cj^alkyl;
Ra is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C i .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl-Ci-4alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1.4 alkyl; RaI is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(O)qCi- 4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl;
Rb is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, Ci-4 alkoxy, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(0)qCi-4 alkyl, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1.4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylC 1.4 alkyl; RbI is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 cycloalkylCi-4 alkyl, Ci-4 alkoxy, NR15R16, NR15R16C l-4alkyl, S(O)qCi-
4 alkyl, hydroxy, =0, -CH(O), C(O)2C 1-4 alkyl, OC(O)R17, C(O)N(RiO)2, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroarylCi-4 alkyl;
Rc is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; Re and Rf are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C i _4alkyl; RlO is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; Rl 3 a is selected from hydrogen, Ci -2 alkyl; Rl 3 is independently selected from hydrogen, C\-2 alkyl, -CH2OH, -CH(CH3)OH, -CH2CH2OH,
OH, or =0;
X is (C(Ri 3))p, or (CR45Re)81- X2-(CRfRf)s2 ; X2 is NRi 3a, O, S(0)m, or C(O); m is O or an integer having a value of 1, or 2; p is an integer having a value of 1 or 2; q is O or an integer having a value of 1 or 2; s is O, or is an integer having a value of 1 or 2; si is O to 2; s2 is 0 to 2, provided that when Rg is a heterocyclic group of the subformulas (ff), (ii), (jj) and (11), and X2 is NRi3a, O, or S(0)m and m is O or 1, then s2 is 1 or 2, or X is (CH(Ri3))p; t is an integer having a value of 1 to 4; tl is 0 to 4; R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl Cl .4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylCi-4 alkyl optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl;
R7 is selected from hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C 1.4 alkyl;
R8 is (CRdlRdl)t - NRi IRi2 or (CRdlRdl)ti - Ri4;
R(Jl is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted heterocyclic; or
Ri4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl .4 alkyl, C3-C5 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, and optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety; Rl 1 and Ri2 are independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Rg is NRγRg, and Rs is (CRdlRdl)ti - Rw;
3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2 wherein RM is an ethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, optionally substituted piperidinyl, optionally substituted oxohexahydro-lH-azepine, optionally substituted 3'-[(l-azabicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-3-yl, optionally substituted pyridinyl, or an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.
4. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein Rg is a heterocyclic group of the subformula (ff), (gg), (hh), (ii), Gj), (kk), (11), (mm) or (nn).
5. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein Rg is an optionally substituted
C5-C7 membered ring containing one or two nitrogens, or a corresponding bicyclic ring containing one or two nitrogens.
6. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein Rg is a heterocyclic group of
the subformula
Figure imgf000165_0001
, Ra is hydrogen, s=l, Rb is hydrogen or methyl and R9 is hydrogen, or methyl.
7. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein Rg is a heterocyclic group of
the subformula
Figure imgf000165_0002
, Ra is hydrogen, s=2, Rb is hydrogen, and R9 is hydrogen, or methyl.
8. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein Rβ is a heterocyclic group of
the sub formula
Figure imgf000166_0001
; Ra is hydrogen, s=l, Rb is hydrogen, and R9a is hydrogen.
9. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R^ is a Cj _3alkyl.
10. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein R^ is ethyl.
11. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R^ is Ci _4alkyl.
12. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein R^ is ethyl.
13. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R^ is an optionally substituted heterocyclic group of sub-formula (aa), (bb) or (cc), or a bicyclic group of sub-formula (dd), or (ee).
14. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R3 is a morpholino.
15. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein ArI and Ar2 are independently an optionally substituted phenyl.
16. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein Ar2 is phenyl and ArI is a phenyl or phenyl substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, or cyano.
17. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein Z is oxygen.
18. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R4a is hydrogen.
19. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R4 is hydrogen.
20. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R5 is hydrogen.
21. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein n is 1.
22. The compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein R5a is hydrogen.
23. The compound according to any preceeding claim wherein v is 1.
24. A compound according to claim 1 which is: N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-fluoro-3'-{[(3S)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea and N,N'-bis{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-fluoro-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-methyl-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N- {[6-chloro-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-(methyloxy)-3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl] methyljurea;
N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-({6-fluoro-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl} methyl)urea; N-dό-chloro-S'-CCl-methyl^-piperidinyOmethylJ-S-biphenylyljmethyO-N-ltl^-diethyl-
4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl] methyljurea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-({6-methyl-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-({6-(methyloxy)-3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?] pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-({3'-[(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl) urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -7V-[(6-fluoro-3'- {[(3S)-3-methyl- 1 -piperazinyljmethyl} -3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} ^-[(ό-fluoro-S1- {[(3R)-3-methyl- 1 -piperazinyljmethyl} -3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N1- {[6-fluoro-3'-(hexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -ylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-[(3'- { [(3£)-3-amino- 1 -pyrrolidinyl]methyl} -ό-fluoro-S-biphenylyOmethyll-N1- {[1 ,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea; Ν-({3'-[(lS,4S)-2,5-Diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-6-fluoro-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-
N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-ylamino)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-methyl-3'-{[(3R)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-methyl-3'-{[(35)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(6-methyl-3'-{[(25)-2-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N- { [3'-(hexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -ylmethyl)-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea; N-[(3'- { [(35)-3-amino- 1 -pyrrolidinyl]methyl} -ό-methyl-S-biphenylyOmethyll-N1- {[1 ,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
Ν-({3'-[(lS,4S)-2,5-Diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl}methyl)- N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-ylamino)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylaniino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N1- [(6-(methyloxy)-3 '- {[(3R)-3 -methyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N- [(6-(methyloxy)-3 '- {[(35)-3 -methyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N-[(6-(methyloxy)-3'- {[(25)-2-methyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[3'-{[(3S)-3-amino-l-pyrrolidinyl]methyl}-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea; N-{[6-chloro-3'-(l-piperazinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-({6-chloro-3'-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N-{[l,6-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-({6-fluoro-3'-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'- {[6-(methyloxy)-3'-(l-piperazinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N-( {6-(methyloxy)-3'-[(4-methyl- 1 -piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea; N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-methyl-3'-(l-piperazinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N-( {6-methyl-3'-[(4-methyl- 1 -piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-({6-chloro-3'-[(4-methylhexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -yl)methyl]-3- biphenylyl}methyl)-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-({3'-[(4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-6-chloro-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-({6-chloro-3'-[(4-ethyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-[(6-chloro-3'- { [[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl](methyl)amino]methyl} -3-biphenylyl)methyl]- N'- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N- {[6-chloro-3'-(l-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea; N- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N'-({6-fluoro-3'-[(4-methylhexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -yl)methyl]-3- biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-({3'-[(4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-6-fluoro-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N- {[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} ^-((3'-[(4-CtIIyI- l-piperazinyl)methyl]-6-fluoro-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(3'-{[[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl](methyl)amino]methyl}-6-fluoro-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-fluoro-3'-(l-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N- { [3'- [(4-acetyl- 1 -piperazinyl)methyl]-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl} -N- {[1,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N- { [3'-[(4-ethyl- 1 -piperazinyl)methyl]-6-(methyloxy)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N1- { [3'- {[[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl](methyl)amino]methyl} -6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyl]methyl } urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-(methyloxy)-3'-(l-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N-({6-methyl-3'-[(4-methylhexariydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -yl)methyl]-3- biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-({3'-[(4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N-{[l,6-diethyl- 4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} ^-((3'-[(4-CtIIyI- l-piperazinyl)methyl]-6-methyl-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N- [(3 '- { [ [2-(dimethylamino)ethyl] (methyl)amino]methyl} -6-methyl-3 - biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-{[6-methyl-3'-(l-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N1- {[3'-[(4-methylhexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -yl)methyl]-6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[3'-[(lS,4S)-2,5-Diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyl]methyl}-N'-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-[(3'- { [(3R)-3-amino- 1 -pyrrolidinyl]methyl} -ό-chloro-S-biphenyly^methyll-N1- {[1 ,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N- { [3'-(hexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -ylmethyl)-6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyljmethyl } urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N-( {3 '- [(4-methyl- 1 -piperazinyl)methyl] -3 -biphenylyl} methyl)urea;
N-tCό-chloro-S'-ltCSR^^-S^-dimethyl-l-piperazinyllmethylj-S-biphenylyOmethyll-N1- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N- [(3T- { [(3R,55)-3,5-dimethyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -6-fluoro-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N- [(3T- { [(3R,55)-3,5-dimethyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -6-methyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylaniino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N- {[3'-{[(3R,55)-3,5-dimethyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyljmethyl } urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N-({3'-[(4-methylhexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -yl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-({3'-[(4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N- {[l,6-diethyl-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N-({3'-[(4-ethyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N-[(3'-{[[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl](methyl)amino]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N-{[3'-(l-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N-[(3'-{[(3R,5S)-3,5-dimethyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N-({3'-[(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)urea;
N-({3'-[(lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylmethyl]-3-biphenylyl}methyl)-N- {[l,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N- [(3'- { [(3 S)-3 -methyl- 1 -piperazinyljmethyl} -3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea; N-[(6-chloro-3'-{[(25)-2-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]-N- {[l,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N-[(6-fluoro-3'- {[(2ιS)-2-methyl- 1 -piperazinyljmethyl} -3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N-[(6-methyl-3'-{[(25)-2-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N-[(6-(methyloxy)-3'- {[(25)-2-methyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-ό]pyridin-5- yljmethyl} -N- { [3'-(hexahydro- IH- 1 ,4-diazepin- 1 -ylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea; N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -TV- [(3'- { [(25)-2-methyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -3-biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N-tCό-chloro-S'-ltCSR^^-S^-dimethyl-l-piperazinyllmethylj-S-biphenylyOmethyll-N1- {[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z7]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea; Ν-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-ylamino)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'-[(3'- {[(3R,5S)-3,5-dimethyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-6-fluoro-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N'-[(3'- {[(3R,5S)-3,5-dimethyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -6-methyl-3- biphenylyl)methyl]urea;
N- { [ 1 ,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl} -N- {[3'- { [(3R,5S)-3,5-dimethyl- 1 -piperazinyl]methyl} -6-(methyloxy)-3- biphenylyljmethyl } urea;
N-[(6-chloro-3'-{[(3R)-3-methyl-l-piperazinyl]methyl}-3-biphenylyl)methyl]-N'- {[l,6- diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-Z?]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}urea;
N-{[l,6-diethyl-4-(tetrahydro-2Η-pyran-4-ylamino)-lΗ-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]methyl}-N'- {[3'-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-3-biphenylyl]methyl}urea; or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
25. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any of the preceding claims and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
26. A method of treating asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound according to any one of the preceeding claim.
PCT/US2009/033133 2008-02-06 2009-02-05 Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics WO2009100170A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP09709405A EP2249830A4 (en) 2008-02-06 2009-02-05 Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US2657608P 2008-02-06 2008-02-06
US61/026,576 2008-02-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009100170A1 true WO2009100170A1 (en) 2009-08-13

Family

ID=40952449

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/033133 WO2009100170A1 (en) 2008-02-06 2009-02-05 Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2249830A4 (en)
WO (1) WO2009100170A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011143106A1 (en) * 2010-05-10 2011-11-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Bi - functional pyrazolopyridine compounds
WO2017089347A1 (en) 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of braf inhibitor resistant melanomas

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002060900A2 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 Telik, Inc. Antagonists of mcp-1 function and methods of use thereof
WO2007036733A1 (en) * 2005-09-29 2007-04-05 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds, and their use as pde4 inhibitors
WO2008009735A1 (en) * 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazolo (3, 4-b) pyridine derivatives as pde4 inhibitors

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0230045D0 (en) * 2002-12-23 2003-01-29 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
US7932247B2 (en) * 2004-11-15 2011-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited M3 muscarinic acetylcholine receptor antagonists

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002060900A2 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 Telik, Inc. Antagonists of mcp-1 function and methods of use thereof
WO2007036733A1 (en) * 2005-09-29 2007-04-05 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds, and their use as pde4 inhibitors
WO2008009735A1 (en) * 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrazolo (3, 4-b) pyridine derivatives as pde4 inhibitors

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011143106A1 (en) * 2010-05-10 2011-11-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Bi - functional pyrazolopyridine compounds
WO2017089347A1 (en) 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of braf inhibitor resistant melanomas

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2249830A1 (en) 2010-11-17
EP2249830A4 (en) 2012-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2249646A1 (en) Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics
JP5629331B2 (en) Substituted naphthyridines and their use as SYK kinase inhibitors
JP5959537B2 (en) Substituted pyridinyl-pyrimidines and their use as pharmaceuticals
AU2017287902A1 (en) [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl substituted indole compounds
US8084449B2 (en) Dual pharmacophores—PDE4-muscarinic antagonistics
JP6262729B2 (en) 5HT3 receptor antagonist
BR112018008966B1 (en) JAK KINASE INHIBITORS COMPOUNDS, CRYSTALLINE HYDRATE, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, PROCESSES, METHOD OF PREPARATION OF CRYSTALLINE HYDRATE AND USE OF THE SAID COMPOUNDS AND CRYSTALLINE HYDRATE IN THE TREATMENT OF RESPIRATORY DISEASE
CA2948587A1 (en) Pyrazolopyridines and pyrazolopyrimidines
KR20140026627A (en) Indazoles
US8067408B2 (en) Dual pharmacophores—PDE4-muscarinic antagonistics
US8071588B2 (en) Dual pharmacophores—PDE4-muscarinic antagonistics
WO2008009735A1 (en) Pyrazolo (3, 4-b) pyridine derivatives as pde4 inhibitors
EP2249830A1 (en) Dual pharmacophores - pde4-muscarinic antagonistics
CA2749348A1 (en) 6-phenyl-ih-imidazo [4, 5-c] pyridine-4-carbonitrile derivatives as cathepsin s and/or cathepsin k inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09709405

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009709405

Country of ref document: EP